Compare commits
110
Commits
| Author | SHA1 | Date | |
|---|---|---|---|
|
|
dd45c8be9d | ||
|
|
40b3d4d5dd | ||
|
|
25c115b5a8 | ||
|
|
d4ef5a261a | ||
|
|
81a445ad46 | ||
|
|
ca9f2d6210 | ||
|
|
0b56647743 | ||
|
|
f827fd2a9d | ||
|
|
d60bc321ce | ||
|
|
4404292972 | ||
|
|
82ffc550db | ||
|
|
89e3b6811b | ||
|
|
3c53be5e75 | ||
|
|
b7efdfe9bc | ||
|
|
3b0ee42270 | ||
|
|
f163c24b4c | ||
|
|
8f3e8012b1 | ||
|
|
076a7e2839 | ||
|
|
cfe53b8870 | ||
|
|
9efaa4d7f1 | ||
|
|
dc84eca339 | ||
|
|
f15717bcda | ||
|
|
ff316586bc | ||
|
|
109828f090 | ||
|
|
0df05b3515 | ||
|
|
84623a09f2 | ||
|
|
1c0ca80fe5 | ||
|
|
17211d39a0 | ||
|
|
37d6f90099 | ||
|
|
32d6283561 | ||
|
|
b0654427ca | ||
|
|
6e6d624ec3 | ||
|
|
34d3750e3c | ||
|
|
63855497af | ||
|
|
48d0827130 | ||
|
|
1c788e178d | ||
|
|
be83197ee5 | ||
|
|
33918a2b0b | ||
|
|
6459a50433 | ||
|
|
cac264cd19 | ||
|
|
c41f605368 | ||
|
|
fb10e693b2 | ||
|
|
8514e60248 | ||
|
|
fd9662ee1c | ||
|
|
28e7632fe6 | ||
|
|
7f986a59bf | ||
|
|
ad823f4eb1 | ||
|
|
4cecb91655 | ||
|
|
40c3ec35ee | ||
|
|
0b669eacf8 | ||
|
|
8ce6115cf5 | ||
|
|
81060c0741 | ||
|
|
71b64b8e1c | ||
|
|
dd306f5b8f | ||
|
|
69875ee99d | ||
|
|
546165585c | ||
|
|
fd320780c7 | ||
|
|
59a788a6c4 | ||
|
|
e51ff962f0 | ||
|
|
f3ae2684eb | ||
|
|
e3f7f1bad8 | ||
|
|
f70e1f98b3 | ||
|
|
3fc1392c92 | ||
|
|
fe00b6dcf6 | ||
|
|
81e7623b78 | ||
|
|
ceb9567874 | ||
|
|
579cd0b138 | ||
|
|
cd1fc2183e | ||
|
|
208927f009 | ||
|
|
e250b6f551 | ||
|
|
7bf5af5c22 | ||
|
|
4a3369807b | ||
|
|
92bd8b3a3f | ||
|
|
5039e7ce17 | ||
|
|
5c9a145403 | ||
|
|
e53cbf77bf | ||
|
|
ec01eef200 | ||
|
|
a9405cc253 | ||
|
|
17b3cb8739 | ||
|
|
4dfeb77d2e | ||
|
|
f7bdf7cfb1 | ||
|
|
b7c4b811ec | ||
|
|
09fd21b65b | ||
|
|
cb6ae54424 | ||
|
|
1f4f47ccf5 | ||
|
|
195ea285da | ||
|
|
20d206c4c2 | ||
|
|
98a93d4ca7 | ||
|
|
accd2800ec | ||
|
|
2b01204e41 | ||
|
|
43e27f10a5 | ||
|
|
2342babe99 | ||
|
|
6ac6380f7a | ||
|
|
38b30033c8 | ||
|
|
2a48060425 | ||
|
|
8e25003fbd | ||
|
|
947369a720 | ||
|
|
f6bf85fb67 | ||
|
|
94a0658bc2 | ||
|
|
866a79313b | ||
|
|
636e4d4826 | ||
|
|
e6b8f92493 | ||
|
|
194cfb5382 | ||
|
|
29577449a1 | ||
|
|
21b10cef38 | ||
|
|
b8b008ad84 | ||
|
|
fe94c1d6c4 | ||
|
|
1192757fb7 | ||
|
|
c76cad8a92 | ||
|
|
42a34d459e |
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
||||
name: Linux Build and Test
|
||||
on: [push]
|
||||
jobs:
|
||||
build:
|
||||
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
|
||||
steps:
|
||||
- name: Checkout
|
||||
uses: actions/checkout@v2
|
||||
- name: Configure
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
mkdir "${HOME}/install dir"
|
||||
./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
|
||||
- name: Build
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make all
|
||||
- name: Build Test Harness
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make tcltest
|
||||
- name: Run Tests
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make test
|
||||
- name: Test-Drive Installation
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make install
|
||||
- name: Create Distribution Package
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make dist
|
||||
- name: Convert Documentation to HTML
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make html-tcl
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
||||
name: Linux Build and Test
|
||||
on: [push]
|
||||
jobs:
|
||||
build:
|
||||
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
|
||||
steps:
|
||||
- name: Checkout
|
||||
uses: actions/checkout@v2
|
||||
- name: Configure
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
mkdir "${HOME}/install dir"
|
||||
./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
|
||||
- name: Build
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make all
|
||||
- name: Build Test Harness
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make tcltest
|
||||
- name: Run Tests
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make test
|
||||
- name: Test-Drive Installation
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make install
|
||||
- name: Create Distribution Package
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make dist
|
||||
- name: Convert Documentation to HTML
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make html-tcl
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||
name: Windows Build and Test
|
||||
on: [push]
|
||||
jobs:
|
||||
build:
|
||||
runs-on: windows-latest
|
||||
steps:
|
||||
- name: Checkout
|
||||
uses: actions/checkout@v2
|
||||
- name: Init MSVC
|
||||
uses: ilammy/msvc-dev-cmd@v1
|
||||
- name: Build
|
||||
working-directory: win
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
nmake -f makefile.vc all
|
||||
- name: Build Test Harness
|
||||
working-directory: win
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
nmake -f makefile.vc tcltest
|
||||
- name: Run Tests
|
||||
working-directory: win
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
nmake -f makefile.vc test
|
||||
@@ -1,11 +1,26 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<projectDescription>
|
||||
<name>tcl9</name>
|
||||
<name>tcl8</name>
|
||||
<comment></comment>
|
||||
<projects>
|
||||
</projects>
|
||||
<buildSpec>
|
||||
<buildCommand>
|
||||
<name>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.genmakebuilder</name>
|
||||
<triggers>clean,full,incremental,</triggers>
|
||||
<arguments>
|
||||
</arguments>
|
||||
</buildCommand>
|
||||
<buildCommand>
|
||||
<name>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.ScannerConfigBuilder</name>
|
||||
<triggers>full,incremental,</triggers>
|
||||
<arguments>
|
||||
</arguments>
|
||||
</buildCommand>
|
||||
</buildSpec>
|
||||
<natures>
|
||||
<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.core.cnature</nature>
|
||||
<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.managedBuildNature</nature>
|
||||
<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.ScannerConfigNature</nature>
|
||||
</natures>
|
||||
</projectDescription>
|
||||
|
||||
+66
-17
@@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ jobs:
|
||||
compiler: gcc
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=unix
|
||||
- name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=3"
|
||||
- name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
|
||||
os: linux
|
||||
dist: focal
|
||||
compiler: gcc
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=unix
|
||||
- CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3"
|
||||
- CFGOPT=CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=4
|
||||
- name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
|
||||
os: linux
|
||||
dist: focal
|
||||
@@ -91,6 +91,13 @@ jobs:
|
||||
compiler: clang
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=unix
|
||||
- name: "Linux/Clang/Shared:NO_DEPRECATED"
|
||||
os: linux
|
||||
dist: xenial
|
||||
compiler: clang
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=unix
|
||||
- CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
|
||||
- name: "Linux/Clang/Static"
|
||||
os: linux
|
||||
dist: focal
|
||||
@@ -113,9 +120,9 @@ jobs:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=unix
|
||||
- CFGOPT="--enable-symbols=mem"
|
||||
# Testing on Mac, various styles
|
||||
- name: "macOS/Clang/Xcode 11.7/Shared"
|
||||
- name: "macOS/Clang/Xcode 12/Shared"
|
||||
os: osx
|
||||
osx_image: xcode11.7
|
||||
osx_image: xcode12.2
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=macosx
|
||||
install: []
|
||||
@@ -123,14 +130,15 @@ jobs:
|
||||
- make all
|
||||
# The styles=develop avoids some weird problems on OSX
|
||||
- make test styles=develop
|
||||
- name: "macOS/Clang/Xcode 11.7/Shared/Unix-like"
|
||||
- name: "macOS/Clang/Xcode 12/Shared/Unix-like"
|
||||
os: osx
|
||||
osx_image: xcode11.7
|
||||
osx_image: xcode12.2
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=unix
|
||||
- name: "macOS/Clang/Xcode 11.7/Shared/libtommath"
|
||||
- CFGOPT="--enable-dtrace"
|
||||
- name: "macOS/Clang/Xcode 12/Shared/libtommath"
|
||||
os: osx
|
||||
osx_image: xcode11.7
|
||||
osx_image: xcode12.2
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=macosx
|
||||
install: []
|
||||
@@ -139,18 +147,26 @@ jobs:
|
||||
homebrew:
|
||||
packages:
|
||||
- libtommath
|
||||
- name: "macOS/Clang++/Xcode 11.7/Shared"
|
||||
- name: "macOS/Clang++/Xcode 12/Shared"
|
||||
os: osx
|
||||
osx_image: xcode11.7
|
||||
osx_image: xcode12.2
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=unix
|
||||
- CFGOPT="CC=clang++ --enable-framework CFLAGS=-Dregister=dont+use+register CPPFLAGS=-D__private_extern__=extern"
|
||||
- CFGOPT="CC=clang++ --enable-framework --enable-dtrace CFLAGS=-Dregister=dont+use+register CPPFLAGS=-D__private_extern__=extern"
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- make all tcltest
|
||||
# Newer MacOS versions
|
||||
- name: "macOS/Clang/Xcode 12/Universal Apps/Shared"
|
||||
os: osx
|
||||
osx_image: xcode12u
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=macosx
|
||||
install: []
|
||||
script: *mactest
|
||||
# Older MacOS versions
|
||||
- name: "macOS/Clang/Xcode 11/Shared"
|
||||
os: osx
|
||||
osx_image: xcode11
|
||||
osx_image: xcode11.7
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=macosx
|
||||
install: []
|
||||
@@ -164,7 +180,7 @@ jobs:
|
||||
script: *mactest
|
||||
- name: "macOS/Clang/Xcode 9/Shared"
|
||||
os: osx
|
||||
osx_image: xcode9.2
|
||||
osx_image: xcode9.4
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=macosx
|
||||
install: []
|
||||
@@ -208,12 +224,23 @@ jobs:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=win
|
||||
- VCDIR="/C/Program Files (x86)/Microsoft Visual Studio/2017/BuildTools/VC/Auxiliary/Build"
|
||||
before_install: &vcpreinst
|
||||
- rm -rf tests/safe-stock8*.test
|
||||
- touch generic/tclStubInit.c generic/tclOOStubInit.c generic/tclOOScript.h
|
||||
- PATH="$PATH:$VCDIR"
|
||||
- cd ${BUILD_DIR}
|
||||
install: []
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake '-f' makefile.vc test
|
||||
- name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
compiler: cl
|
||||
env: *vcenv
|
||||
before_install: *vcpreinst
|
||||
install: []
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=utfmax' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=utfmax' '-f' makefile.vc test
|
||||
- name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
compiler: cl
|
||||
@@ -232,6 +259,15 @@ jobs:
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=static,msvcrt' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=static,msvcrt' '-f' makefile.vc test
|
||||
- name: "Windows/MSVC/StaticPackage"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
compiler: cl
|
||||
env: *vcenv
|
||||
before_install: *vcpreinst
|
||||
install: []
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=static,staticpkg,msvcrt' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=static,staticpkg,msvcrt' '-f' makefile.vc test
|
||||
- name: "Windows/MSVC/Debug"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
compiler: cl
|
||||
@@ -260,6 +296,15 @@ jobs:
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake '-f' makefile.vc test
|
||||
- name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
compiler: cl
|
||||
env: *vcenv
|
||||
before_install: *vcpreinst
|
||||
install: []
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=utfmax' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=utfmax' '-f' makefile.vc test
|
||||
- name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
compiler: cl
|
||||
@@ -304,14 +349,16 @@ jobs:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=win
|
||||
- CFGOPT="--enable-64bit"
|
||||
before_install: &makepreinst
|
||||
- rm -rf tests/safe-stock8*.test
|
||||
- touch generic/tclStubInit.c generic/tclOOStubInit.c generic/tclOOScript.h
|
||||
- choco install -y make zip
|
||||
- cd ${BUILD_DIR}
|
||||
- name: "Windows/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=3"
|
||||
- name: "Windows/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
compiler: gcc
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=win
|
||||
- CFGOPT="--enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3"
|
||||
- CFGOPT="--enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=4"
|
||||
before_install: *makepreinst
|
||||
- name: "Windows/GCC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
@@ -357,12 +404,12 @@ jobs:
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=win
|
||||
before_install: *makepreinst
|
||||
- name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared: UTF_MAX=3"
|
||||
- name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
compiler: gcc
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=win
|
||||
- CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3"
|
||||
- CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=4"
|
||||
before_install: *makepreinst
|
||||
- name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
@@ -411,6 +458,8 @@ jobs:
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- make dist
|
||||
before_install:
|
||||
- rm -rf tests/safe-stock8*.test
|
||||
- touch generic/tclStubInit.c generic/tclOOStubInit.c generic/tclOOScript.h
|
||||
- cd ${BUILD_DIR}
|
||||
install:
|
||||
- mkdir "$HOME/install dir"
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -3525,7 +3525,7 @@
|
||||
* generic/tclVar.c (Tcl_UnsetObjCmd): Rewrote argument parser to avoid
|
||||
a read off the end of the argument array that could occur when
|
||||
executing something like [unset -nocomplain] was executed. Improved
|
||||
the error message given when too few arguments are given (-nocomplain
|
||||
the error message given when not enough arguments are given (-nocomplain
|
||||
should obviously be *before* --, not after it) and also modified the
|
||||
test suite to take account of that and the documentation to use the
|
||||
same improvement. [Bug 405769]
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,11 +1,21 @@
|
||||
# README: Tcl
|
||||
|
||||
This is the **Tcl 9.0a2** source distribution.
|
||||
This is the **Tcl 8.7a4** source distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
You can get any source release of Tcl from [our distribution
|
||||
site](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/).
|
||||
|
||||
[](https://travis-ci.org/tcltk/tcl)
|
||||
8.6.10
|
||||
[](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Linux+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Acore-8-6-branch)
|
||||
[](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Windows+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Acore-8-6-branch)
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
8.7a4
|
||||
[](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Linux+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Acore-8-branch)
|
||||
[](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Windows+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Acore-8-branch)
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
9.0a2
|
||||
[](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Linux+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Amain)
|
||||
[](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Windows+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Amain)
|
||||
|
||||
## Contents
|
||||
1. [Introduction](#intro)
|
||||
@@ -43,7 +53,7 @@ and selling it either in whole or in part. See the file
|
||||
## <a id="doc">2.</a> Documentation
|
||||
Extensive documentation is available at our website.
|
||||
The home page for this release, including new features, is
|
||||
[here](https://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/9.0.html).
|
||||
[here](https://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.7.html).
|
||||
Detailed release notes can be found at the
|
||||
[file distributions page](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/)
|
||||
by clicking on the relevant version.
|
||||
@@ -53,8 +63,8 @@ Xchange](https://www.tcl-lang.org/about/).
|
||||
There have been many Tcl books on the market. Many are mentioned in
|
||||
[the Wiki](https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/_/ref?N=25206).
|
||||
|
||||
The complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 9.0 is [online,
|
||||
here](https://www.tcl-lang.org/man/tcl9.0/).
|
||||
The complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 8.7 is [online,
|
||||
here](https://www.tcl-lang.org/man/tcl8.7/).
|
||||
|
||||
### <a id="doc.unix">2a.</a> Unix Documentation
|
||||
The `doc` subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -9120,23 +9120,3 @@ in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
|
||||
2019-09-14 [TIP 548] wchar_t conversion functions
|
||||
|
||||
- Released 8.7a3, Nov 21, 2019 --- http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details -
|
||||
|
||||
Changes to 9.0a1 include all changes to the 8.7 line through 8.7a3,
|
||||
plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
|
||||
in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
|
||||
|
||||
2017-11-03 [TIP 114] Leading zero integer no longer means octal
|
||||
|
||||
2017-11-03 [TIP 278] Revise variable name resolution, solve "Creative Writing"
|
||||
|
||||
2017-11-03 [TIPs 330,336] Encapsulate struct Tcl_Interp
|
||||
|
||||
2017-11-17 [TIP 422] Remove all Tcl_*VA() routines
|
||||
|
||||
2017-12-15 [TIP 488] Disable magic $::tcl_precision
|
||||
|
||||
2018-10-08 [TIP 494] Increased support for size_t value ranges
|
||||
|
||||
2019-05-31 [TIP 537] 64-bit indices in regexp matching
|
||||
|
||||
- Released 9.0a1, Nov 25, 2019 --- http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details -
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ opendir(
|
||||
if ((fd = open(myname, 0, 0)) == -1) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dirp = (DIR *) Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(DIR));
|
||||
dirp = (DIR *) ckalloc(sizeof(DIR));
|
||||
if (dirp == NULL) {
|
||||
/* unreachable? */
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
@@ -106,5 +106,5 @@ closedir(
|
||||
close(dirp->dd_fd);
|
||||
dirp->dd_fd = -1;
|
||||
dirp->dd_loc = 0;
|
||||
Tcl_Free(dirp);
|
||||
ckfree(dirp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-6
@@ -21,19 +21,15 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __APPLE__
|
||||
extern void * memchr(const void *s, int c, size_t n);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern char * memchr(const void *s, int c, size_t n);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern int memcmp(const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
|
||||
extern char * memcpy(void *t, const void *f, size_t n);
|
||||
extern void * memcpy(void *t, const void *f, size_t n);
|
||||
#ifdef NO_MEMMOVE
|
||||
#define memmove(d,s,n) (bcopy((s), (d), (n)))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern char * memmove(void *t, const void *f, size_t n);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char * memset(void *s, int c, size_t n);
|
||||
extern void * memset(void *s, int c, size_t n);
|
||||
|
||||
extern int strcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
|
||||
extern char * strcat(char *dst, const char *src);
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ waitpid(
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
prevPtr->nextPtr = waitPtr->nextPtr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Tcl_Free(waitPtr);
|
||||
ckfree(waitPtr);
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ waitpid(
|
||||
goto waitAgain;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
waitPtr = (WaitInfo *) Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(WaitInfo));
|
||||
waitPtr = (WaitInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(WaitInfo));
|
||||
waitPtr->pid = result;
|
||||
waitPtr->status = status;
|
||||
waitPtr->nextPtr = deadList;
|
||||
|
||||
+11
-3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorLine, Tcl_GetErrorLine, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
|
||||
Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA, Tcl_SetErrorLine, Tcl_GetErrorLine, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -30,6 +30,8 @@ int
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR(\fIinterp, element, element, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp, lineNum\fR)
|
||||
@@ -58,10 +60,10 @@ unless \fIlength\fR is negative.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
|
||||
A message to be appended to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option
|
||||
in the form of a Tcl_Obj value.
|
||||
.AP size_t length in
|
||||
.AP int length in
|
||||
The number of bytes to copy from \fImessage\fR when
|
||||
appending to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option.
|
||||
If TCL_INDEX_NONE, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
|
||||
If negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *errorObjPtr in
|
||||
The \fB\-errorcode\fR return option will be set to this value.
|
||||
.AP char *element in
|
||||
@@ -242,6 +244,12 @@ The procedure \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR is also used to set the
|
||||
\fB\-errorcode\fR return option. However, it takes one or more strings to
|
||||
record instead of a value. Otherwise, it is similar to
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR in behavior.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR except that
|
||||
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
|
||||
Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be nonportable in practice.
|
||||
This function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The procedure \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR is used to read the integer value
|
||||
of the \fB\-errorline\fR return option without the overhead of a full
|
||||
|
||||
+27
-8
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_Alloc, Tcl_Free, Tcl_Realloc, Tcl_AttemptAlloc, Tcl_AttemptRealloc \- allocate or free heap memory
|
||||
Tcl_Alloc, Tcl_Free, Tcl_Realloc, Tcl_AttemptAlloc, Tcl_AttemptRealloc, ckalloc, ckfree, ckrealloc, attemptckalloc, attemptckrealloc \- allocate or free heap memory
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -19,14 +19,29 @@ char *
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_Free\fR(\fIptr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_Realloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_AttemptAlloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_AttemptRealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBckalloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBckfree\fR(\fIptr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBckrealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBattemptckalloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBattemptckrealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS char *size
|
||||
.AP "unsigned int" size in
|
||||
@@ -64,10 +79,14 @@ allocation fails, these functions will return NULL. Note that on some
|
||||
platforms, but not all, attempting to allocate a zero-sized block of
|
||||
memory will also cause these functions to return NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
When a module or Tcl itself is compiled with \fBTCL_MEM_DEBUG\fR defined,
|
||||
the procedures \fBTcl_Alloc\fR, \fBTcl_Free\fR, \fBTcl_Realloc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_AttemptAlloc\fR, and \fBTcl_AttempRealloc\fR are implemented
|
||||
as macros, redefined to be special debugging versions of these procedures.
|
||||
The procedures \fBckalloc\fR, \fBckfree\fR, \fBckrealloc\fR,
|
||||
\fBattemptckalloc\fR, and \fBattemptckrealloc\fR are implemented
|
||||
as macros. Normally, they are synonyms for the corresponding
|
||||
procedures documented on this page. When Tcl and all modules
|
||||
calling Tcl are compiled with \fBTCL_MEM_DEBUG\fR defined, however,
|
||||
these macros are redefined to be special debugging versions
|
||||
of these procedures. To support Tcl's memory debugging within a
|
||||
module, use the macros rather than direct calls to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
alloc, allocation, free, malloc, memory, realloc, TCL_MEM_DEBUG
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-1
@@ -30,7 +30,8 @@ or \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, then Tcl normally converts this into a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
|
||||
return with an appropriate message. The particular script
|
||||
evaluation procedures of Tcl that act in the manner are
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR, \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR, \fBTcl_Eval\fR, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR and \fBTcl_VarEval\fR.
|
||||
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR, \fBTcl_VarEval\fR and
|
||||
\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
However, if \fBTcl_AllowExceptions\fR is invoked immediately before
|
||||
calling one of those a procedures, then arbitrary completion
|
||||
|
||||
+3
-3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Tcl_GetAssocData, Tcl_SetAssocData, Tcl_DeleteAssocData \- manage associations o
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetAssocData\fR(\fIinterp, key, delProcPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetAssocData\fR(\fIinterp, key, delProc, clientData\fR)
|
||||
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Procedure to call when \fIinterp\fR is deleted.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_InterpDeleteProc **delProcPtr in
|
||||
Pointer to location in which to store address of current deletion procedure
|
||||
for association. Ignored if NULL.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value associated with the given key in this
|
||||
interpreter. This data is owned by the caller.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ the type \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ int
|
||||
.AS Tcl_AsyncHandler clientData
|
||||
.AP Tcl_AsyncProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to invoke to handle an asynchronous event.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
One-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_AsyncHandler async in
|
||||
Token for asynchronous event handler.
|
||||
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ type \fBTcl_AsyncProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_AsyncProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIcode\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_Backslash 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_Backslash \- parse a backslash sequence
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char
|
||||
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR(\fIsrc, countPtr\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS char *countPtr out
|
||||
.AP char *src in
|
||||
Pointer to a string starting with a backslash.
|
||||
.AP int *countPtr out
|
||||
If \fIcountPtr\fR is not NULL, \fI*countPtr\fR gets filled
|
||||
in with number of characters in the backslash sequence, including
|
||||
the backslash character.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The use of \fBTcl_Backslash\fR is deprecated in favor of
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This is a utility procedure provided for backwards compatibility with
|
||||
non-internationalized Tcl extensions. It parses a backslash sequence and
|
||||
returns the low byte of the Unicode character corresponding to the sequence.
|
||||
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR modifies \fI*countPtr\fR to contain the number of
|
||||
characters in the backslash sequence.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
See the Tcl manual entry for information on the valid backslash sequences.
|
||||
All of the sequences described in the Tcl manual entry are supported by
|
||||
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Tcl(n), Tcl_UtfBackslash(3)
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
backslash, parse
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ unsigned char *
|
||||
.AP "const unsigned char" *bytes in
|
||||
The array of bytes used to initialize or set a byte-array value. May be NULL
|
||||
even if \fIlength\fR is non-zero.
|
||||
.AP size_t length in
|
||||
The length of the array of bytes.
|
||||
.AP int length in
|
||||
The length of the array of bytes. It must be >= 0.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
|
||||
For \fBTcl_SetByteArrayObj\fR, this points to the value to be converted to
|
||||
byte-array type. For \fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR and
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Tcl_CallWhenDeleted, Tcl_DontCallWhenDeleted \- Arrange for callback when interp
|
||||
Interpreter with which to associated callback.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_InterpDeleteProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to call when \fIinterp\fR is deleted.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ type \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ ORed combination of flag bits that specify additional options.
|
||||
For \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR, only \fBTCL_CANCEL_UNWIND\fR is currently
|
||||
supported. For \fBTcl_Canceled\fR, only \fBTCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG\fR and
|
||||
\fBTCL_CANCEL_UNWIND\fR are currently supported.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Currently reserved for future use.
|
||||
It should be set to NULL.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
+6
-3
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Tcl_Channel
|
||||
Interpreter for error reporting.
|
||||
.AP "const Tcl_ChannelType" *typePtr in
|
||||
The new channel I/O procedures to use for \fIchannel\fR.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to channel I/O procedures.
|
||||
.AP int mask in
|
||||
Conditions under which \fIchannel\fR will be used: OR-ed combination of
|
||||
@@ -49,8 +49,11 @@ I/O channels. Examples include compression and encryption modules. These
|
||||
functions transparently stack and unstack a new channel on top of an
|
||||
existing one. Any number of channels can be stacked together.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR version currently supported is
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5\fR. See \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR for details.
|
||||
The implementation of the Tcl channel code was rewritten in 8.3.2 to
|
||||
correct some problems with the previous implementation with regard to
|
||||
stacked channels. Anyone using stacked channels or creating stacked
|
||||
channel drivers should update to the new \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure. See \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR for details.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_StackChannel\fR stacks a new \fIchannel\fR on an existing channel
|
||||
with the same name that was registered for \fIchannel\fR by
|
||||
|
||||
+7
-7
@@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ Tcl_Object
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_ObjectDeleted\fR(\fIobject\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_ObjectGetMetadata\fR(\fIobject, metaTypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_ObjectSetMetadata\fR(\fIobject, metaTypePtr, metadata\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_ClassGetMetadata\fR(\fIclass, metaTypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_ClassSetMetadata\fR(\fIclass, metaTypePtr, metadata\fR)
|
||||
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Tcl_ObjectMapMethodNameProc
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_ObjectSetMethodNameMapper\fR(\fIobject\fR, \fImethodNameMapper\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS void *metadata in/out
|
||||
.AS ClientData metadata in/out
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
|
||||
Interpreter providing the context for looking up or creating an object, and
|
||||
into whose result error messages will be written on failure.
|
||||
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ error messages even when complicated calling patterns are used (e.g., via the
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ObjectMetadataType *metaTypePtr in
|
||||
The type of \fImetadata\fR being set with \fBTcl_ClassSetMetadata\fR or
|
||||
retrieved with \fBTcl_ClassGetMetadata\fR.
|
||||
.AP void *metadata in
|
||||
.AP ClientData metadata in
|
||||
An item of metadata to attach to the class, or NULL to remove the metadata
|
||||
associated with a particular \fImetaTypePtr\fR.
|
||||
.AP "Tcl_ObjectMapMethodNameProc" "methodNameMapper" in
|
||||
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ a class or object.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_ObjectMetadataDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fImetadata\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fImetadata\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fImetadata\fR argument gives the address of the metadata to be
|
||||
@@ -198,8 +198,8 @@ associated with a class or object.
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_CloneProc\fR(
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
void *\fIsrcMetadata\fR,
|
||||
void **\fIdstMetadataPtr\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIsrcMetadata\fR,
|
||||
ClientData *\fIdstMetadataPtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIinterp\fR argument gives a place to write an error message when the
|
||||
|
||||
+16
-1
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_IsSafe, Tcl_MakeSafe, Tcl_CreateChild, Tcl_GetChild, Tcl_GetParent, Tcl_GetInterpPath, Tcl_CreateAlias, Tcl_CreateAliasObj, Tcl_GetAlias, Tcl_GetAliasObj, Tcl_ExposeCommand, Tcl_HideCommand \- manage multiple Tcl interpreters, aliases and hidden commands
|
||||
Tcl_IsSafe, Tcl_MakeSafe, Tcl_CreateChild, Tcl_CreateSlave, Tcl_GetChild, Tcl_GetSlave, Tcl_GetParent, Tcl_GetMaster, Tcl_GetInterpPath, Tcl_CreateAlias, Tcl_CreateAliasObj, Tcl_GetAlias, Tcl_GetAliasObj, Tcl_ExposeCommand, Tcl_HideCommand \- manage multiple Tcl interpreters, aliases and hidden commands
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -23,9 +23,18 @@ Tcl_Interp *
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChild\fR(\fIinterp, name, isSafe\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR(\fIinterp, name, isSafe\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetSlave\fR(\fIinterp, name\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChild\fR(\fIinterp, name\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetMaster\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetParent\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
@@ -133,6 +142,8 @@ child in which Tcl code has access only to set of Tcl commands defined as
|
||||
see the manual entry for the Tcl \fBinterp\fR command for details.
|
||||
If the creation of the new child interpreter failed, \fBNULL\fR is returned.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR is a synonym for \fBTcl_CreateChild\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_IsSafe\fR returns \fB1\fR if \fIinterp\fR is
|
||||
.QW safe
|
||||
(was created with the \fBTCL_SAFE_INTERPRETER\fR flag specified),
|
||||
@@ -154,10 +165,14 @@ may be a better choice, since it creates interpreters in a known-safe state.
|
||||
\fIinterp\fR. The child interpreter is identified by \fIname\fR.
|
||||
If no such child interpreter exists, \fBNULL\fR is returned.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetSlave\fR is a synonym for \fBTcl_GetChild\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetParent\fR returns a pointer to the parent interpreter of
|
||||
\fIinterp\fR. If \fIinterp\fR has no parent (it is a
|
||||
top-level interpreter) then \fBNULL\fR is returned.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetMaster\fR is a synonym for \fBTcl_GetParent\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetInterpPath\fR stores in the result of \fIinterp\fR
|
||||
the relative path between \fIinterp\fR and \fIchildInterp\fR;
|
||||
\fIchildInterp\fR must be a child of \fIinterp\fR. If the computation
|
||||
|
||||
+166
-52
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_CreateChannel, Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData, Tcl_GetChannelType, Tcl_GetChannelName, Tcl_GetChannelHandle, Tcl_GetChannelMode, Tcl_GetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_SetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_NotifyChannel, Tcl_BadChannelOption, Tcl_ChannelName, Tcl_ChannelVersion, Tcl_ChannelBlockModeProc, Tcl_ChannelClose2Proc, Tcl_ChannelInputProc, Tcl_ChannelOutputProc, Tcl_ChannelWideSeekProc, Tcl_ChannelTruncateProc, Tcl_ChannelSetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelGetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelWatchProc, Tcl_ChannelGetHandleProc, Tcl_ChannelFlushProc, Tcl_ChannelHandlerProc, Tcl_ChannelThreadActionProc, Tcl_IsChannelShared, Tcl_IsChannelRegistered, Tcl_CutChannel, Tcl_SpliceChannel, Tcl_IsChannelExisting, Tcl_ClearChannelHandlers, Tcl_GetChannelThread, Tcl_ChannelBuffered \- procedures for creating and manipulating channels
|
||||
Tcl_CreateChannel, Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData, Tcl_GetChannelType, Tcl_GetChannelName, Tcl_GetChannelHandle, Tcl_GetChannelMode, Tcl_GetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_SetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_NotifyChannel, Tcl_BadChannelOption, Tcl_ChannelName, Tcl_ChannelVersion, Tcl_ChannelBlockModeProc, Tcl_ChannelCloseProc, Tcl_ChannelClose2Proc, Tcl_ChannelInputProc, Tcl_ChannelOutputProc, Tcl_ChannelSeekProc, Tcl_ChannelWideSeekProc, Tcl_ChannelTruncateProc, Tcl_ChannelSetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelGetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelWatchProc, Tcl_ChannelGetHandleProc, Tcl_ChannelFlushProc, Tcl_ChannelHandlerProc, Tcl_ChannelThreadActionProc, Tcl_IsChannelShared, Tcl_IsChannelRegistered, Tcl_CutChannel, Tcl_SpliceChannel, Tcl_IsChannelExisting, Tcl_ClearChannelHandlers, Tcl_GetChannelThread, Tcl_ChannelBuffered \- procedures for creating and manipulating channels
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Tcl_CreateChannel, Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData, Tcl_GetChannelType, Tcl_GetChanne
|
||||
Tcl_Channel
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR(\fItypePtr, channelName, instanceData, mask\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChannelInstanceData\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
const Tcl_ChannelType *
|
||||
@@ -75,6 +75,9 @@ Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion
|
||||
Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelBlockModeProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverCloseProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelCloseProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverClose2Proc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
@@ -84,6 +87,9 @@ Tcl_DriverInputProc *
|
||||
Tcl_DriverOutputProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelOutputProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSeekProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelSeekProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverWideSeekProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
@@ -122,7 +128,7 @@ by any other channel. Can be NULL, in which case the channel is
|
||||
created without a name. If the created channel is assigned to one
|
||||
of the standard channels (\fBstdin\fR, \fBstdout\fR or \fBstderr\fR),
|
||||
the assigned channel name will be the name of the standard channel.
|
||||
.AP void *instanceData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData instanceData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to be associated with this channel. This
|
||||
value is passed to procedures in \fItypePtr\fR when they are invoked.
|
||||
.AP int mask in
|
||||
@@ -133,7 +139,7 @@ The channel to operate on.
|
||||
.AP int direction in
|
||||
\fBTCL_READABLE\fR means the input handle is wanted; \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR
|
||||
means the output handle is wanted.
|
||||
.AP void **handlePtr out
|
||||
.AP ClientData *handlePtr out
|
||||
Points to the location where the desired OS-specific handle should be
|
||||
stored.
|
||||
.AP int size in
|
||||
@@ -280,13 +286,16 @@ name is registered in the (thread)-global list of all channels (result
|
||||
(thread)global list of all channels (of the current thread).
|
||||
Application to a channel still registered in some interpreter
|
||||
is not allowed.
|
||||
Also notifies the driver if
|
||||
Also notifies the driver if the \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR version is
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR (or higher), and
|
||||
\fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR is defined for it.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SpliceChannel\fR adds the specified \fIchannel\fR to the
|
||||
(thread)global list of all channels (of the current thread).
|
||||
Application to a channel registered in some interpreter is not allowed.
|
||||
Also notifies the driver if \fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR is defined for it.
|
||||
Also notifies the driver if the \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR version is
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR (or higher), and
|
||||
\fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR is defined for it.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_ClearChannelHandlers\fR removes all channel handlers and event
|
||||
scripts associated with the specified \fIchannel\fR, thus shutting
|
||||
@@ -306,10 +315,10 @@ The \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure contains the following fields:
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
|
||||
const char *\fItypeName\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion \fIversion\fR;
|
||||
void *\fIcloseProc\fR; /* Not used any more*/
|
||||
Tcl_DriverCloseProc *\fIcloseProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverInputProc *\fIinputProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverOutputProc *\fIoutputProc\fR;
|
||||
void *\fIseekProc\fR; /* Not used any more */
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSeekProc *\fIseekProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc *\fIsetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc *\fIgetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverWatchProc *\fIwatchProc\fR;
|
||||
@@ -338,8 +347,9 @@ The user should only use the above structure for \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR
|
||||
instantiation. When referencing fields in a \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR
|
||||
structure, the following functions should be used to obtain the values:
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelName\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelVersion\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelBlockModeProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelInputProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelOutputProc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelBlockModeProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelCloseProc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelInputProc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelOutputProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelSeekProc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelThreadActionProc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelTruncateProc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelSetOptionProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelGetOptionProc\fR,
|
||||
@@ -362,9 +372,25 @@ a pointer to the string.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
The \fIversion\fR field should be set to the version of the structure
|
||||
that you require. \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5\fR is the minimum supported.
|
||||
that you require. \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR is the minimum recommended.
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3\fR must be set to specify the \fIwideSeekProc\fR member.
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR must be set to specify the \fIthreadActionProc\fR member
|
||||
(includes \fIwideSeekProc\fR).
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5\fR must be set to specify the
|
||||
\fItruncateProc\fR members (includes
|
||||
\fIwideSeekProc\fR and \fIthreadActionProc\fR).
|
||||
If it is not set to any of these, then this
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelType\fR is assumed to have the original structure. See
|
||||
\fBOLD CHANNEL TYPES\fR for more details. While Tcl will recognize
|
||||
and function with either structures, stacked channels must be of at
|
||||
least \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR to function correctly.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelVersion\fR.
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelVersion\fR, which returns
|
||||
one of
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5\fR,
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR,
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3\fR,
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR or \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_1\fR.
|
||||
.SS BLOCKMODEPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIblockModeProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by
|
||||
@@ -373,7 +399,7 @@ the generic layer to set blocking and nonblocking mode on the device.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverBlockModeProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
int \fImode\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -400,23 +426,22 @@ blocking mode is acceptable to it, and should this also document for
|
||||
the user so that the blocking mode of the channel is not changed to an
|
||||
unacceptable value. Any confusion here may lead the interpreter into a
|
||||
(spurious and difficult to find) deadlock.
|
||||
.SS "CLOSE2PROC"
|
||||
.SS "CLOSEPROC AND CLOSE2PROC"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclose2Proc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
|
||||
The \fIcloseProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
|
||||
generic layer to clean up driver-related information when the channel is
|
||||
closed. \fIClose2Proc\fR must match the following prototype:
|
||||
closed. \fICloseProc\fR must match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverClose2Proc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIflags\fR);
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverCloseProc\fR(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If \fIflags\fR is 0, the \fIinstanceData\fR argument is the same as the value
|
||||
provided to \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when the channel was created. The function
|
||||
should release any storage maintained by the channel driver for this channel,
|
||||
and close the input and output devices encapsulated by this channel. All queued
|
||||
The \fIinstanceData\fR argument is the same as the value provided to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when the channel was created. The function should
|
||||
release any storage maintained by the channel driver for this channel, and
|
||||
close the input and output devices encapsulated by this channel. All queued
|
||||
output will have been flushed to the device before this function is called,
|
||||
and no further driver operations will be invoked on this instance after
|
||||
calling the \fIcloseProc\fR. If the close operation is successful, the
|
||||
@@ -425,20 +450,35 @@ error code. In addition, if an error occurs and \fIinterp\fR is not NULL,
|
||||
the procedure should store an error message in the interpreter's result.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Alternatively, channels that support closing the read and write sides
|
||||
independently may accept other flag values than 0.
|
||||
Then \fIclose2Proc\fR will be called with \fIflags\fR set to an OR'ed
|
||||
independently may set \fIcloseProc\fR to \fBTCL_CLOSE2PROC\fR and set
|
||||
\fIclose2Proc\fR to the address of a function that matches the
|
||||
following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverClose2Proc\fR(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIflags\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclose2Proc\fR will be called with \fIflags\fR set to an OR'ed
|
||||
combination of \fBTCL_CLOSE_READ\fR or \fBTCL_CLOSE_WRITE\fR to
|
||||
indicate that the driver should close the read and/or write side of
|
||||
the channel. The channel driver may be invoked to perform
|
||||
additional operations on the channel after \fIclose2Proc\fR is
|
||||
called to close one or both sides of the channel. In all cases, the
|
||||
\fIclose2Proc\fR function should return zero if the close operation was
|
||||
successful; otherwise it should return a nonzero POSIX error code.
|
||||
In addition, if an error occurs and \fIinterp\fR is not NULL, the procedure
|
||||
should store an error message in the interpreter's result.
|
||||
called to close one or both sides of the channel. If \fIflags\fR is
|
||||
\fB0\fR (zero), the driver should close the channel in the manner
|
||||
described above for \fIcloseProc\fR. No further operations will be
|
||||
invoked on this instance after \fIclose2Proc\fR is called with all
|
||||
flags cleared. In all cases, the \fIclose2Proc\fR function should
|
||||
return zero if the close operation was successful; otherwise it should
|
||||
return a nonzero POSIX error code. In addition, if an error occurs and
|
||||
\fIinterp\fR is not NULL, the procedure should store an error message
|
||||
in the interpreter's result.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclose2Proc\fR value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR,
|
||||
which returns a pointer to the function.
|
||||
The \fIcloseProc\fR and \fIclose2Proc\fR values can be retrieved with
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelCloseProc\fR or \fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR, which
|
||||
return a pointer to the respective function.
|
||||
.SS INPUTPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIinputProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
|
||||
@@ -447,7 +487,7 @@ internal buffer. \fIInputProc\fR must match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverInputProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
char *\fIbuf\fR,
|
||||
int \fIbufSize\fR,
|
||||
int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
|
||||
@@ -491,7 +531,7 @@ generic layer to transfer data from an internal buffer to the output device.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverOutputProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIbuf\fR,
|
||||
int \fItoWrite\fR,
|
||||
int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
|
||||
@@ -521,17 +561,17 @@ without writing any data.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelOutputProc\fR, which returns
|
||||
a pointer to the function.
|
||||
.SS "WIDESEEKPROC"
|
||||
.SS "SEEKPROC AND WIDESEEKPROC"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIwideSeekProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
|
||||
The \fIseekProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
|
||||
generic layer to move the access point at which subsequent input or output
|
||||
operations will be applied. \fIWideSeekProc\fR must match the following
|
||||
operations will be applied. \fISeekProc\fR must match the following
|
||||
prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef Tcl_WideInt \fBTcl_DriverWideSeekProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt \fIoffset\fR,
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverSeekProc\fR(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
long \fIoffset\fR,
|
||||
int \fIseekMode\fR,
|
||||
int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
@@ -550,8 +590,30 @@ does not implement seeking.
|
||||
The return value is the new access point or -1 in case of error. If an
|
||||
error occurred, the function should not move the access point.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIwideSseekProc\fR value can be retrieved with
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR, which returns a pointer to the function.
|
||||
If there is a non-NULL \fIseekProc\fR field, the \fIwideSeekProc\fR
|
||||
field may contain the address of an alternative function to use which
|
||||
handles wide (i.e. larger than 32-bit) offsets, so allowing seeks
|
||||
within files larger than 2GB. The \fIwideSeekProc\fR will be called
|
||||
in preference to the \fIseekProc\fR, but both must be defined if the
|
||||
\fIwideSeekProc\fR is defined. \fIWideSeekProc\fR must match the
|
||||
following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef Tcl_WideInt \fBTcl_DriverWideSeekProc\fR(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt \fIoffset\fR,
|
||||
int \fIseekMode\fR,
|
||||
int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The arguments and return values mean the same thing as with
|
||||
\fIseekProc\fR above, except that the type of offsets and the return
|
||||
type are different.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIseekProc\fR value can be retrieved with
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelSeekProc\fR, which returns a pointer to the function,
|
||||
and similarly the \fIwideSeekProc\fR can be retrieved with
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR.
|
||||
.SS SETOPTIONPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIsetOptionProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by
|
||||
@@ -560,7 +622,7 @@ the generic layer to set a channel type specific option on a channel.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverSetOptionProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIoptionName\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fInewValue\fR);
|
||||
@@ -601,7 +663,7 @@ channel. \fIgetOptionProc\fR must match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverGetOptionProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIoptionName\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_DString *\fIoptionValue\fR);
|
||||
@@ -639,7 +701,7 @@ notice events of interest on this channel.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_DriverWatchProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
int \fImask\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -670,9 +732,9 @@ the generic layer to retrieve a device-specific handle from the channel.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverGetHandleProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
int \fIdirection\fR,
|
||||
void **\fIhandlePtr\fR);
|
||||
ClientData *\fIhandlePtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIInstanceData\fR is the same as the value passed to
|
||||
@@ -699,7 +761,7 @@ It should be set to NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverFlushProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelFlushProc\fR, which returns
|
||||
@@ -714,7 +776,7 @@ that occur on the underlying (stacked) channel.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverHandlerProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
int \fIinterestMask\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -743,7 +805,7 @@ might be maintaining using the calling thread as the associate. See
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
int \fIaction\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -760,7 +822,7 @@ length. It can be NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverTruncateProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt \fIlength\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -808,6 +870,58 @@ The function takes good care of inserting minus signs before
|
||||
each option, commas after, and an
|
||||
.QW or
|
||||
before the last option.
|
||||
.SH "OLD CHANNEL TYPES"
|
||||
The original (8.3.1 and below) \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure contains
|
||||
the following fields:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
|
||||
const char *\fItypeName\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *\fIblockModeProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverCloseProc *\fIcloseProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverInputProc *\fIinputProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverOutputProc *\fIoutputProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSeekProc *\fIseekProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc *\fIsetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc *\fIgetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverWatchProc *\fIwatchProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc *\fIgetHandleProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverClose2Proc *\fIclose2Proc\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
It is still possible to create channel with the above structure. The
|
||||
internal channel code will determine the version. It is imperative to use
|
||||
the new \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure if you are creating a stacked
|
||||
channel driver, due to problems with the earlier stacked channel
|
||||
implementation (in 8.2.0 to 8.3.1).
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Prior to 8.4.0 (i.e. during the later releases of 8.3 and early part
|
||||
of the 8.4 development cycle) the \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure
|
||||
contained the following fields:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
|
||||
const char *\fItypeName\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion \fIversion\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverCloseProc *\fIcloseProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverInputProc *\fIinputProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverOutputProc *\fIoutputProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSeekProc *\fIseekProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc *\fIsetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc *\fIgetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverWatchProc *\fIwatchProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc *\fIgetHandleProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverClose2Proc *\fIclose2Proc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *\fIblockModeProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverFlushProc *\fIflushProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverHandlerProc *\fIhandlerProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverTruncateProc *\fItruncateProc\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
When the above structure is registered as a channel type, the
|
||||
\fIversion\fR field should always be \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Tcl_Close(3), Tcl_OpenFileChannel(3), Tcl_SetErrno(3), Tcl_QueueEvent(3), Tcl_StackChannel(3), Tcl_GetStdChannel(3)
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ a zero value to temporarily disable an existing handler.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_FileProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to invoke whenever the channel indicated by \fIchannel\fR meets
|
||||
the conditions specified by \fImask\fR.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ what it means for a channel to be readable or writable.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_ChannelProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
int \fImask\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ void
|
||||
The channel for which to create or delete a close callback.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CloseProc *proc in
|
||||
The procedure to call as the callback.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_CloseProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR is the same as the value provided in the call to
|
||||
|
||||
+3
-3
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Name of command.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdProc *proc in
|
||||
Implementation of new command: \fIproc\fR will be called whenever
|
||||
\fIcmdName\fR is invoked as a command.
|
||||
.AP voie *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR and \fIdeleteProc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in
|
||||
Procedure to call before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter;
|
||||
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ and it returns NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_CmdProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIargc\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIargv\fR[]);
|
||||
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ result that match the type \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR argument will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ a handler.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_FileProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to invoke whenever the file or device indicated
|
||||
by \fIfile\fR meets the conditions specified by \fImask\fR.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ type \fBTcl_FileProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_FileProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
int \fImask\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_CreateMathFunc 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_CreateMathFunc, Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo, Tcl_ListMathFuncs \- Define, query and enumerate math functions for expressions
|
||||
.SH "NOTICE OF EVENTUAL DEPRECATION"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR and \fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR functions
|
||||
are rendered somewhat obsolete by the ability to create functions for
|
||||
expressions by placing commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace,
|
||||
as described in the \fBmathfunc\fR manual page; the API described on
|
||||
this page is not expected to be maintained indefinitely.
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgs, argTypes, proc, clientData\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgsPtr, argTypesPtr, procPtr,
|
||||
clientDataPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR(\fIinterp, pattern\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_ValueType *clientDataPtr out
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter in which new function will be defined.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *name in
|
||||
Name for new function.
|
||||
.AP int numArgs in
|
||||
Number of arguments to new function; also gives size of \fIargTypes\fR array.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ValueType *argTypes in
|
||||
Points to an array giving the permissible types for each argument to
|
||||
function.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_MathProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure that implements the function.
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR when it is invoked.
|
||||
.AP int *numArgsPtr out
|
||||
Points to a variable that will be set to contain the number of
|
||||
arguments to the function.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ValueType **argTypesPtr out
|
||||
Points to a variable that will be set to contain a pointer to an array
|
||||
giving the permissible types for each argument to the function which
|
||||
will need to be freed up using \fITcl_Free\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_MathProc **procPtr out
|
||||
Points to a variable that will be set to contain a pointer to the
|
||||
implementation code for the function (or NULL if the function is
|
||||
implemented directly in bytecode).
|
||||
.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
|
||||
Points to a variable that will be set to contain the clientData
|
||||
argument passed to \fITcl_CreateMathFunc\fR when the function was
|
||||
created if the function is not implemented directly in bytecode.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *pattern in
|
||||
Pattern to match against function names so as to filter them (by
|
||||
passing to \fITcl_StringMatch\fR), or NULL to not apply any filter.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Tcl allows a number of mathematical functions to be used in
|
||||
expressions, such as \fBsin\fR, \fBcos\fR, and \fBhypot\fR.
|
||||
These functions are represented by commands in the namespace,
|
||||
\fBtcl::mathfunc\fR. The \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR function is
|
||||
an obsolete way for applications to add additional functions
|
||||
to those already provided by Tcl or to replace existing functions.
|
||||
It should not be used by new applications, which should create
|
||||
math functions using \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR to create a command
|
||||
in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
In the \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR interface,
|
||||
\fIName\fR is the name of the function as it will appear in expressions.
|
||||
If \fIname\fR does not already exist in the \fB::tcl::mathfunc\fR
|
||||
namespace, then a new command is created in that namespace.
|
||||
If \fIname\fR does exist, then the existing function is replaced.
|
||||
\fINumArgs\fR and \fIargTypes\fR describe the arguments to the function.
|
||||
Each entry in the \fIargTypes\fR array must be
|
||||
one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR, \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR,
|
||||
or \fBTCL_EITHER\fR to indicate whether the corresponding argument must be an
|
||||
integer, a double-precision floating value, a wide (64-bit) integer,
|
||||
or any, respectively.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Whenever the function is invoked in an expression Tcl will invoke
|
||||
\fIproc\fR. \fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match
|
||||
the type \fBTcl_MathProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_MathProc\fR(
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Value *\fIargs\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Value *\fIresultPtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
When \fIproc\fR is invoked the \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR
|
||||
arguments will be the same as those passed to \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR.
|
||||
\fIArgs\fR will point to an array of \fInumArgs\fR Tcl_Value structures,
|
||||
which describe the actual arguments to the function:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Value {
|
||||
Tcl_ValueType \fItype\fR;
|
||||
long \fIintValue\fR;
|
||||
double \fIdoubleValue\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt \fIwideValue\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_Value\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fItype\fR field indicates the type of the argument and is
|
||||
one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR.
|
||||
It will match the \fIargTypes\fR value specified for the function unless
|
||||
the \fIargTypes\fR value was \fBTCL_EITHER\fR. Tcl converts
|
||||
the argument supplied in the expression to the type requested in
|
||||
\fIargTypes\fR, if that is necessary.
|
||||
Depending on the value of the \fItype\fR field, the \fIintValue\fR,
|
||||
\fIdoubleValue\fR or \fIwideValue\fR
|
||||
field will contain the actual value of the argument.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIProc\fR should compute its result and store it either as an integer
|
||||
in \fIresultPtr->intValue\fR or as a floating value in
|
||||
\fIresultPtr->doubleValue\fR.
|
||||
It should set also \fIresultPtr->type\fR to one of
|
||||
\fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR
|
||||
to indicate which value was set.
|
||||
Under normal circumstances \fIproc\fR should return \fBTCL_OK\fR.
|
||||
If an error occurs while executing the function, \fIproc\fR should
|
||||
return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error message in the interpreter's result.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR retrieves the values associated with
|
||||
function \fIname\fR that were passed to a preceding
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR call. Normally, the return code is
|
||||
\fBTCL_OK\fR but if the named function does not exist, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
|
||||
is returned and an error message is placed in the interpreter's
|
||||
result.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If an error did not occur, the array reference placed in the variable
|
||||
pointed to by \fIargTypesPtr\fR is newly allocated, and should be
|
||||
released by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR. Some functions (the
|
||||
standard set implemented in the core, and those defined by placing
|
||||
commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace) do not have
|
||||
argument type information; attempting to retrieve values for
|
||||
them causes a NULL to be stored in the variable pointed to by
|
||||
\fIprocPtr\fR and the variable pointed to by \fIclientDataPtr\fR
|
||||
will not be modified. The variable pointed to by \fInumArgsPointer\fR
|
||||
will contain -1, and no argument types will be stored in the variable
|
||||
pointed to by \fIargTypesPointer\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR returns a Tcl value containing a list of all
|
||||
the math functions defined in the interpreter whose name matches
|
||||
\fIpattern\fR. The returned value has a reference count of zero.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
expr(n), info(n), Tcl_CreateObjCommand(3), Tcl_Free(3), Tcl_NewListObj(3)
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
expression, mathematical function
|
||||
+10
-10
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Name of command.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc in
|
||||
Implementation of the new command: \fIproc\fR will be called whenever
|
||||
\fIcmdName\fR is invoked as a command.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR and \fIdeleteProc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in
|
||||
Procedure to call before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter;
|
||||
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ and it returns NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_ObjCmdProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIobjc\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *const \fIobjv\fR[]);
|
||||
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ result that match the type \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR argument will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
|
||||
@@ -217,11 +217,11 @@ A \fBTcl_CmdInfo\fR structure has the following fields:
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_CmdInfo {
|
||||
int \fIisNativeObjectProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_ObjCmdProc *\fIobjProc\fR;
|
||||
void *\fIobjClientData\fR;
|
||||
ClientData \fIobjClientData\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_CmdProc *\fIproc\fR;
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR;
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *\fIdeleteProc\fR;
|
||||
void *\fIdeleteData\fR;
|
||||
ClientData \fIdeleteData\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_Namespace *\fInamespacePtr\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_CmdInfo\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ otherwise, this is a compatibility procedure
|
||||
registered by \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR
|
||||
that simply calls the command's
|
||||
value-based procedure after converting its string arguments to Tcl values.
|
||||
The field \fIdeleteData\fR is the clientData value
|
||||
The field \fIdeleteData\fR is the ClientData value
|
||||
to pass to \fIdeleteProc\fR; it is normally the same as
|
||||
\fIclientData\fR but may be set independently using the
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR procedure.
|
||||
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ from \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR in place of the command name. If the
|
||||
and fills in the structure designated by \fIinfoPtr\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR is used to modify the procedures and
|
||||
clientData values associated with a command.
|
||||
ClientData values associated with a command.
|
||||
Its \fIcmdName\fR argument is the name of a command in \fIinterp\fR.
|
||||
\fIcmdName\fR may include \fB::\fR namespace qualifiers
|
||||
to identify a command in a particular namespace.
|
||||
@@ -277,9 +277,9 @@ copies the information from \fI*infoPtr\fR to Tcl's internal structure
|
||||
for the command and returns 1.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Note that \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR and
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR both allow the clientData for a
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR both allow the ClientData for a
|
||||
command's deletion procedure to be given a different value than the
|
||||
clientData for its command procedure.
|
||||
ClientData for its command procedure.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Note that neither \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR nor
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR will change a command's namespace.
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Tcl_TimerToken
|
||||
How many milliseconds to wait before invoking \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_TimerProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to invoke after \fImilliseconds\fR have elapsed.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_TimerToken token in
|
||||
Token for previously created timer handler (the return value
|
||||
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ the type \fBTcl_TimerProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_TimerProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a
|
||||
|
||||
+6
-6
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ details of the calling sequence.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdTraceProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to call for each command that is executed. See below for
|
||||
details on the calling sequence.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIobjProc\fR or \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc *deleteProc in
|
||||
Procedure to call when the trace is deleted. See below for details of
|
||||
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ interpreter.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR(
|
||||
\fBvoid *\fR \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
\fBClientData\fR \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_Interp\fR* \fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIlevel\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIcommand\fR,
|
||||
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ typedef int \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR(
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters are copies of the
|
||||
corresponding arguments given to \fBTcl_CreateTrace\fR.
|
||||
\fIclientData\fR typically points to an application-specific data
|
||||
\fIClientData\fR typically points to an application-specific data
|
||||
structure that describes what to do when \fIobjProc\fR is invoked. The
|
||||
\fIlevel\fR parameter gives the nesting level of the command (1 for
|
||||
top-level commands passed to \fBTcl_Eval\fR by the application, 2 for
|
||||
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ When \fBTcl_DeleteTrace\fR is called, the interpreter invokes the
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
\fBvoid *\fR \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
\fBClientData\fR \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR parameter will be the same as the
|
||||
@@ -160,12 +160,12 @@ match the type \fBTcl_CmdTraceProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_CmdTraceProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIlevel\fR,
|
||||
char *\fIcommand\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_CmdProc *\fIcmdProc\fR,
|
||||
void *\fIcmdClientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIcmdClientData\fR,
|
||||
int \fIargc\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIargv\fR[]);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
|
||||
+11
-5
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSublist, Tcl_DStringEndSublist, Tcl_DStringLength, Tcl_DStringValue, Tcl_DStringSetLength, Tcl_DStringFree, Tcl_DStringResult, Tcl_DStringGetResult \- manipulate dynamic strings
|
||||
Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSublist, Tcl_DStringEndSublist, Tcl_DStringLength, Tcl_DStringValue, Tcl_DStringSetLength, Tcl_DStringTrunc, Tcl_DStringFree, Tcl_DStringResult, Tcl_DStringGetResult \- manipulate dynamic strings
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ char *
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringEndSublist\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringLength\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
@@ -34,6 +34,8 @@ char *
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR(\fIdsPtr, newLength\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringTrunc\fR(\fIdsPtr, newLength\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringFree\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringResult\fR(\fIinterp, dsPtr\fR)
|
||||
@@ -47,10 +49,10 @@ Pointer to structure that is used to manage a dynamic string.
|
||||
Pointer to characters to append to dynamic string.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *element in
|
||||
Pointer to characters to append as list element to dynamic string.
|
||||
.AP size_t length in
|
||||
Number of bytes from \fIbytes\fR to add to dynamic string. If TCL_INDEX_NONE,
|
||||
.AP int length in
|
||||
Number of bytes from \fIbytes\fR to add to dynamic string. If -1,
|
||||
add all characters up to null terminating character.
|
||||
.AP size_t newLength in
|
||||
.AP int newLength in
|
||||
New length for dynamic string, not including null terminating
|
||||
character.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
|
||||
@@ -126,6 +128,10 @@ caller to fill in the new space.
|
||||
even if the string is truncated to zero length, so \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR
|
||||
will still need to be called.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringTrunc\fR changes the length of a dynamic string.
|
||||
This procedure is now deprecated. \fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR should
|
||||
be used instead.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringFree\fR should be called when you are finished using
|
||||
the string. It frees up any memory that was allocated for the string
|
||||
and reinitializes the string's value to an empty string.
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Tcl_DoWhenIdle, Tcl_CancelIdleCall \- invoke a procedure when there are no pendi
|
||||
.AS Tcl_IdleProc clientData
|
||||
.AP Tcl_IdleProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to invoke.
|
||||
.AP coid *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ type \fBTcl_IdleProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_IdleProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a copy of the \fIclientData\fR
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ is not defined, these functions are all no-ops.
|
||||
\fBTcl_DumpActiveMemory\fR will output a list of all currently
|
||||
allocated memory to the specified file. The information output for
|
||||
each allocated block of memory is: starting and ending addresses
|
||||
(excluding guard zone), size, source file where \fBTcl_Alloc\fR was
|
||||
(excluding guard zone), size, source file where \fBckalloc\fR was
|
||||
called to allocate the block and line number in that file. It is
|
||||
especially useful to call \fBTcl_DumpActiveMemory\fR after the Tcl
|
||||
interpreter has been deleted.
|
||||
@@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ by \fBTcl_Main\fR.
|
||||
\fBTcl_ValidateAllMemory\fR forces a validation of the guard zones of
|
||||
all currently allocated blocks of memory. Normally validation of a
|
||||
block occurs when its freed, unless full validation is enabled, in
|
||||
which case validation of all blocks occurs when \fBTcl_Alloc\fR and
|
||||
\fBTcl_Free\fR are called. This function forces the validation to occur
|
||||
which case validation of all blocks occurs when \fBckalloc\fR and
|
||||
\fBckfree\fR are called. This function forces the validation to occur
|
||||
at any point.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
|
||||
+40
-7
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath \- procedures for creating and using encodings
|
||||
Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir, Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir \- procedures for creating and using encodings
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -36,6 +36,12 @@ int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR(\fIinterp, encoding, src, srcLen, flags, statePtr,
|
||||
dst, dstLen, srcReadPtr, dstWrotePtr, dstCharsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR(\fItsrc, srcLen, dstPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
TCHAR *
|
||||
\fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR(\fIsrc, srcLen, dstPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR(\fIencoding\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
@@ -56,6 +62,12 @@ Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR(\fIsearchPath\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir\fR(\fIvoid\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR(\fIpath\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS "const Tcl_EncodingType" *dstWrotePtr in/out
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
@@ -73,11 +85,11 @@ Points to storage where encoding token is to be written.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *src in
|
||||
For the \fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR functions, an array of bytes in the
|
||||
specified encoding that are to be converted to UTF-8. For the
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR function, an array of
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR and \fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR functions, an array of
|
||||
UTF-8 characters to be converted to the specified encoding.
|
||||
.AP "const TCHAR" *tsrc in
|
||||
An array of Windows TCHAR characters to convert to UTF-8.
|
||||
.AP size_t srcLen in
|
||||
.AP int srcLen in
|
||||
Length of \fIsrc\fR or \fItsrc\fR in bytes. If the length is negative, the
|
||||
encoding-specific length of the string is used.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_DString *dstPtr out
|
||||
@@ -243,6 +255,18 @@ is filled with the corresponding number of bytes that were stored in
|
||||
\fIdst\fR. The return values are the same as the return values for
|
||||
\fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR and \fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR are Windows-only
|
||||
convenience functions for converting between UTF-8 and Windows strings
|
||||
based on the TCHAR type which is by convention a Unicode character on
|
||||
Windows NT. Those functions are deprecated. You can use
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfToWCharDString\fR resp. \fBTcl_WCharToUtfDString\fR as replacement.
|
||||
If you want compatibility with earlier Tcl releases than 8.7, use
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfToUniCharDString\fR resp. \fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR as
|
||||
replacement, and make sure you compile your extension with -DTCL_UTF_MAX=3.
|
||||
Beware: Those replacement functions don't initialize their Tcl_DString (you'll
|
||||
have to do that yourself), and \fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR from Tcl 8.6
|
||||
doesn't accept -1 as length parameter.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR is roughly the inverse of \fBTcl_GetEncoding\fR.
|
||||
Given an \fIencoding\fR, the return value is the \fIname\fR argument that
|
||||
was used to create the encoding. The string returned by
|
||||
@@ -269,7 +293,7 @@ the encoding name to it. The \fBTcl_DStringValue\fR is returned.
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetEncodingNames\fR sets the \fIinterp\fR result to a list
|
||||
consisting of the names of all the encodings that are currently defined
|
||||
or can be dynamically loaded, searching the encoding path specified by
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR. This procedure does not ensure that the
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR. This procedure does not ensure that the
|
||||
dynamically-loadable encoding files contain valid data, but merely that they
|
||||
exist.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -296,7 +320,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_EncodingType {
|
||||
Tcl_EncodingConvertProc *\fItoUtfProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_EncodingConvertProc *\fIfromUtfProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_EncodingFreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR;
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR;
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
|
||||
int \fInullSize\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_EncodingType\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
@@ -327,7 +351,7 @@ type \fBTcl_EncodingConvertProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_EncodingConvertProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIsrc\fR,
|
||||
int \fIsrcLen\fR,
|
||||
int \fIflags\fR,
|
||||
@@ -359,7 +383,7 @@ The callback procedure \fIfreeProc\fR, if non-NULL, should match the type
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_EncodingFreeProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This \fIfreeProc\fR function is called when the encoding is deleted. The
|
||||
@@ -384,6 +408,15 @@ are not verified as existing readable filesystem directories. When
|
||||
searching for encoding data files takes place, and non-existent or
|
||||
non-readable filesystem directories on the \fIsearchPath\fR are silently
|
||||
ignored.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir\fR and \fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR
|
||||
are obsolete interfaces best replaced with calls to
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetEncodingSearchPath\fR and \fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR.
|
||||
They are called to access and set the first element of the \fIsearchPath\fR
|
||||
list. Since Tcl searches \fIsearchPath\fR for encoding data files in
|
||||
list order, these routines establish the
|
||||
.QW default
|
||||
directory in which to find encoding data files.
|
||||
.SH "ENCODING FILES"
|
||||
Space would prohibit precompiling into Tcl every possible encoding
|
||||
algorithm, so many encodings are stored on disk as dynamically-loadable
|
||||
|
||||
+20
-3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval \- execute Tcl scripts
|
||||
Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval, Tcl_VarEvalVA \- execute Tcl scripts
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -38,6 +38,9 @@ int
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_VarEval\fR(\fIinterp, part, part, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_Interp **termPtr
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
@@ -64,6 +67,9 @@ first null byte are used.
|
||||
Points to first byte of script to execute (null-terminated and UTF-8).
|
||||
.AP char *part in
|
||||
String forming part of a Tcl script.
|
||||
.AP va_list argList in
|
||||
An argument list which must have been initialized using
|
||||
\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
@@ -122,10 +128,16 @@ might be a UTF-8 special code. The string is parsed and executed directly
|
||||
bytecodes. In situations where it is known that the script will never be
|
||||
executed again, \fBTcl_Eval\fR may be faster than \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
|
||||
\fBTcl_Eval\fR returns a completion code and result just like
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR. Note: for backward compatibility with versions before
|
||||
Tcl 8.0, \fBTcl_Eval\fR copies the value result in \fIinterp\fR to
|
||||
\fIinterp->result\fR (use is deprecated) where it can be accessed directly.
|
||||
This makes \fBTcl_Eval\fR somewhat slower than \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR, which
|
||||
does not do the copy.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is an extended version of \fBTcl_Eval\fR that takes
|
||||
additional arguments \fInumBytes\fR and \fIflags\fR.
|
||||
additional arguments \fInumBytes\fR and \fIflags\fR. For the
|
||||
efficiency reason given above, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is generally preferred
|
||||
over \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR and \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR are older procedures
|
||||
that are now deprecated. They are similar to \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR and
|
||||
@@ -141,6 +153,11 @@ It returns the result of the command and also modifies
|
||||
the interpreter result in the same way as \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
|
||||
The last argument to \fBTcl_VarEval\fR must be NULL to indicate the end
|
||||
of arguments. \fBTcl_VarEval\fR is now deprecated.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_VarEval\fR except that
|
||||
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument
|
||||
list. Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be nonportable
|
||||
in practice. This function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "FLAG BITS"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
+6
-5
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ usually means that an error occurred.
|
||||
Procedure to invoke before exiting application, or (for
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR) NULL to uninstall the current application exit
|
||||
procedure.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ otherwise causes the application to terminate without calling
|
||||
returns control to its caller.
|
||||
If an application exit handler has been installed (see
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR), that handler is invoked with an argument
|
||||
consisting of the exit status (cast to void *); the application
|
||||
consisting of the exit status (cast to ClientData); the application
|
||||
exit handler should not return control to Tcl.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_Finalize\fR is similar to \fBTcl_Exit\fR except that it does not
|
||||
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ and freeing global memory.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_ExitProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a
|
||||
@@ -133,9 +133,10 @@ installed, that exit handler takes over complete responsibility for
|
||||
finalization of Tcl's subsystems via \fBTcl_Finalize\fR at an
|
||||
appropriate time. The argument passed to \fIproc\fR when it is
|
||||
invoked will be the exit status code (as passed to \fBTcl_Exit\fR)
|
||||
cast to a void *value.
|
||||
cast to a ClientData value.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions.
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
|
||||
entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
exit(n)
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
|
||||
+13
-13
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ int
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSUnregister\fR(\fIfsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSData\fR(\fIfsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSConvertToPathType\fR(\fIinterp, pathPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSGetInternalRep\fR(\fIpathPtr, fsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ this structure will be returned. This parameter may be NULL.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter to use either for results, evaluation, or reporting error
|
||||
messages.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
The native description of the path value to create.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *firstPtr in
|
||||
The first of two path values to compare. The value may be converted
|
||||
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Name of a procedure to look up in the file's symbol table
|
||||
Filled with the init function for this code.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_PackageInitProc **proc2Ptr out
|
||||
Filled with the safe-init function for this code.
|
||||
.AP void **clientDataPtr out
|
||||
.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
|
||||
Filled with the clientData value to pass to this code's unload
|
||||
function when it is called.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_LoadHandle *loadHandlePtr out
|
||||
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ better functions to use for most purposes.
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSGetTranslatedStringPath\fR does the same as
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSGetTranslatedPath\fR, but returns a character string or NULL.
|
||||
The string returned is dynamically allocated and owned by the caller,
|
||||
which must store it or call \fBTcl_Free\fR to ensure it is freed. Again,
|
||||
which must store it or call \fBckfree\fR to ensure it is freed. Again,
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSGetNormalizedPath\fR or \fBTcl_FSGetNativePath\fR are usually
|
||||
better functions to use for most purposes.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ It returns one of \fBTCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE\fR, \fBTCL_PATH_RELATIVE\fR, or
|
||||
.SS "PORTABLE STAT RESULT API"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_AllocStatBuf\fR allocates a \fITcl_StatBuf\fR on the system heap (which
|
||||
may be deallocated by being passed to \fBTcl_Free\fR). This allows extensions to
|
||||
may be deallocated by being passed to \fBckfree\fR). This allows extensions to
|
||||
invoke \fBTcl_FSStat\fR and \fBTcl_FSLstat\fR without being dependent on the
|
||||
size of the buffer. That in turn depends on the flags used to build Tcl.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ general that is not a good thing to do). \fBTCL_OK\fR will be returned.
|
||||
the list of known filesystems, if it is known, and returns \fBTCL_OK\fR. If
|
||||
the filesystem is not currently registered, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSData\fR will return the clientData associated with the given
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSData\fR will return the ClientData associated with the given
|
||||
filesystem, if that filesystem is registered. Otherwise it will
|
||||
return NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ Tcl's internal list of known filesystems.
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_FSPathInFilesystemProc\fR(
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *\fIpathPtr\fR,
|
||||
void **\fIclientDataPtr\fR);
|
||||
ClientData *\fIclientDataPtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.SS DUPINTERNALREPPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -1018,8 +1018,8 @@ simply not copy the internal representation, which may then need to be
|
||||
regenerated later.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void *\fBTcl_FSDupInternalRepProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
typedef ClientData \fBTcl_FSDupInternalRepProc\fR(
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.SS FREEINTERNALREPPROC
|
||||
Free the internal representation. This must be implemented if internal
|
||||
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ internal representation is generated), but may otherwise be NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_FSFreeInternalRepProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.SS INTERNALTONORMALIZEDPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ representation is the normalized path.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef Tcl_Obj *\fBTcl_FSInternalToNormalizedProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.SS CREATEINTERNALREPPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ the \fITcl_FSPathInFilesystemProc\fR for this filesystem always
|
||||
immediately creates an internal representation for paths it accepts.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void *\fBTcl_FSCreateInternalRepProc\fR(
|
||||
typedef ClientData \fBTcl_FSCreateInternalRepProc\fR(
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *\fIpathPtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.SS NORMALIZEPATHPROC
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-1
@@ -59,6 +59,7 @@ equivalent to the \fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR command. NULL
|
||||
is returned if the internal full path name has not been
|
||||
computed or unknown.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions.
|
||||
\fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
|
||||
entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
binary, executable file
|
||||
|
||||
+5
-2
@@ -64,9 +64,12 @@ if the first such characters are
|
||||
then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in octal form; otherwise,
|
||||
if the first such characters are
|
||||
.QW \fB0b\fR
|
||||
then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in binary form; otherwise,
|
||||
if the first such character is
|
||||
.QW \fB0\fR
|
||||
then \fIsrc\fR
|
||||
is expected to be in binary form; otherwise, \fIsrc\fR is
|
||||
expected to be in decimal form.
|
||||
is expected to be in octal form; otherwise, \fIsrc\fR
|
||||
is expected to be in decimal form.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetDouble\fR expects \fIsrc\fR to consist of a floating-point
|
||||
number, which is: white space; a sign; a sequence of digits; a
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ be used for reading.
|
||||
.AP int checkUsage in
|
||||
If non-zero, then an error will be generated if the file was not opened
|
||||
for the access indicated by \fIwrite\fR.
|
||||
.AP void **filePtr out
|
||||
.AP ClientData *filePtr out
|
||||
Points to word in which to store pointer to FILE structure for
|
||||
the file given by \fIchanID\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
+4
-4
@@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ Pointer to handler function replacing \fBTcl_GetTime\fR's access to the OS.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ScaleTimeProc scaleProc in
|
||||
Pointer to handler function for the conversion of time delays in the
|
||||
virtual domain to real-time.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Value passed through to the two handler functions.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_GetTimeProc *getProcPtr out
|
||||
Pointer to place the currently registered get handler function into.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ScaleTimeProc *scaleProcPtr out
|
||||
Pointer to place the currently registered scale handler function into.
|
||||
.AP void **clientDataPtr out
|
||||
.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
|
||||
Pointer to place the currently registered pass-through value into.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ The signatures of the handler functions are as follows:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_GetTimeProc\fR(
|
||||
Tcl_Time *\fItimebuf\fR,
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_ScaleTimeProc\fR(
|
||||
Tcl_Time *\fItimebuf\fR,
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fItimebuf\fR fields contain the time to manipulate, and the
|
||||
|
||||
+10
-4
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Tcl_HashEntry *
|
||||
Tcl_HashEntry *
|
||||
\fBTcl_FindHashEntry\fR(\fItablePtr, key\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetHashValue\fR(\fIentryPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetHashValue\fR(\fIentryPtr, value\fR)
|
||||
@@ -66,8 +66,9 @@ The word at \fI*newPtr\fR is set to 1 if a new entry was created
|
||||
and 0 if there was already an entry for \fIkey\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr in
|
||||
Pointer to hash table entry.
|
||||
.AP void *value in
|
||||
New value to assign to hash table entry.
|
||||
.AP ClientData value in
|
||||
New value to assign to hash table entry. Need not have type
|
||||
ClientData, but must fit in same space as ClientData.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_HashSearch *searchPtr in
|
||||
Pointer to record to use to keep track of progress in enumerating
|
||||
all the entries in a hash table.
|
||||
@@ -185,6 +186,11 @@ instead, it returns NULL as result.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetHashValue\fR and \fBTcl_SetHashValue\fR are used to
|
||||
read and write an entry's value, respectively.
|
||||
Values are stored and retrieved as type
|
||||
.QW ClientData ,
|
||||
which is
|
||||
large enough to hold a pointer value. On almost all machines this is
|
||||
large enough to hold an integer value too.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetHashKey\fR returns the key for a given hash table entry,
|
||||
either as a pointer to a string, a one-word
|
||||
@@ -223,7 +229,7 @@ overall information about a hash table, such as the number of
|
||||
entries it contains, the number of buckets in its hash array,
|
||||
and the utilization of the buckets.
|
||||
It is the caller's responsibility to free the result string
|
||||
by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR.
|
||||
by passing it to \fBckfree\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The header file \fBtcl.h\fR defines the actual data structures
|
||||
used to implement hash tables.
|
||||
|
||||
+3
-3
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ Define the \fBUSE_TCL_STUBS\fR symbol. Typically, you would include the
|
||||
\fB\-DUSE_TCL_STUBS\fR flag when compiling the extension.
|
||||
.IP 3) 5
|
||||
Link the extension with the Tcl stubs library instead of the standard
|
||||
Tcl library. For example, to use the Tcl 9.0 ABI on Unix platforms,
|
||||
the library name is \fIlibtclstub9.0.a\fR; on Windows platforms, the
|
||||
library name is \fItclstub90.lib\fR.
|
||||
Tcl library. For example, to use the Tcl 8.6 ABI on Unix platforms,
|
||||
the library name is \fIlibtclstub8.6.a\fR; on Windows platforms, the
|
||||
library name is \fItclstub86.lib\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If the extension also requires the Tk API, it must also call
|
||||
\fBTk_InitStubs\fR to initialize the Tk stubs interface and link
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ first thing in the application's main program.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_InitSubsystems\fR is very similar in use to
|
||||
\fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR. It can be used when Tcl is
|
||||
used as utility library, no other encodings than utf-8,
|
||||
used as utility library, no other encodings than utf8,
|
||||
iso8859-1 or unicode are used, and no interest exists in the
|
||||
value of \fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR. The system encoding will not
|
||||
be extracted from the environment, but falls back to utf-8.
|
||||
be extracted from the environment, but falls back to iso8859-1.
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
binary, executable file
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_Interp 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_Interp \- client-visible fields of interpreter structures
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
char *\fIresult\fR; /* NO LONGER AVAILABLE */
|
||||
Tcl_FreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR; /* NO LONGER AVAILABLE */
|
||||
int \fIerrorLine\fR; /* NO LONGER AVAILABLE */
|
||||
} \fBTcl_Interp\fR;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_FreeProc\fR(
|
||||
char *\fIblockPtr\fR);
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR procedure returns a pointer to a \fBTcl_Interp\fR
|
||||
structure. Callers of \fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR should use this pointer
|
||||
as an opaque token, suitable for nothing other than passing back to
|
||||
other routines in the Tcl interface from the same thread that called
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR. The \fBTcl_Interp\fR struct no longer has any
|
||||
supported client-visible fields. Supported public routines such as
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetResult\fR, \fBTcl_GetResult\fR, \fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR must be used instead.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Any legacy programs and extensions trying to access the fields above
|
||||
in their source code will need conversion to compile for Tcl 8.7 and later.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
interpreter, result
|
||||
+3
-3
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ the handler returns. Many handlers may be attached to the same
|
||||
interpreter limit; their order of execution is not defined, and they
|
||||
must be identified by \fIhandlerProc\fR and \fIclientData\fR when they
|
||||
are deleted.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary pointer-sized word used to pass some context to the
|
||||
\fIhandlerProc\fR function.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc *deleteProc in
|
||||
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_LimitHandlerProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
A limit handler may be deleted using \fBTcl_LimitRemoveHandler\fR; the
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ In \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR, the additional linked types \fBTCL_LINK_CHARS\fR and
|
||||
All the above for both functions may be
|
||||
optionally OR'ed with \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR to make the Tcl
|
||||
variable read-only.
|
||||
.AP size_t size in
|
||||
.AP int size in
|
||||
.VS "TIP 312"
|
||||
The number of elements in the C array. Must be greater than zero.
|
||||
.VE "TIP 312"
|
||||
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Tcl errors.
|
||||
.
|
||||
The C variable is of type \fBchar *\fR.
|
||||
If its value is not NULL then it must be a pointer to a string
|
||||
allocated with \fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
|
||||
allocated with \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or \fBckalloc\fR.
|
||||
Whenever the Tcl variable is modified the current C string will be
|
||||
freed and new memory will be allocated to hold a copy of the variable's
|
||||
new value.
|
||||
|
||||
+7
-7
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Tcl_Object
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs\fR(\fIcontext\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS void *clientData in
|
||||
.AS ClientData clientData in
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
|
||||
The interpreter holding the object or class to create or update a method in.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Object object in
|
||||
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ and \fBTCL_OO_METHOD_PRIVATE\fR for a private method.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_MethodType *methodTypePtr in
|
||||
A description of the type of the method to create, or the type of method to
|
||||
compare against.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
A piece of data that is passed to the implementation of the method without
|
||||
interpretation.
|
||||
.AP void **clientDataPtr out
|
||||
.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
|
||||
A pointer to a variable in which to write the \fIclientData\fR value supplied
|
||||
when the method was created. If NULL, the \fIclientData\fR value will not be
|
||||
retrieved.
|
||||
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Functions matching this signature are called when the method is invoked.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_MethodCallProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_ObjectContext \fIobjectContext\fR,
|
||||
int \fIobjc\fR,
|
||||
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ through a new method being created or because the object or class is deleted.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_MethodDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR argument to a Tcl_MethodDeleteProc will be the same as
|
||||
@@ -248,8 +248,8 @@ class is copied using \fBTcl_CopyObjectInstance\fR (or \fBoo::copy\fR).
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_CloneProc\fR(
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
void *\fIoldClientData\fR,
|
||||
void **\fInewClientDataPtr\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIoldClientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData *\fInewClientDataPtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIinterp\fR argument gives a place to write an error message when the
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ in the same way as the \fIproc\fR argument to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(3)
|
||||
(\fIq.v.\fR).
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *nreProc in
|
||||
Called instead of \fIproc\fR when a trampoline is already in use.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value passed to \fIproc\fR, \fInreProc\fR, \fIdeleteProc\fR
|
||||
and \fIobjProc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
|
||||
@@ -72,10 +72,10 @@ Pointer to an unshared Tcl_Obj where the result of the evaluation is stored if
|
||||
the return code is TCL_OK.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_NRPostProc *postProcPtr in
|
||||
A function to push.
|
||||
.AP void *data0 in
|
||||
.AP void *data1 in
|
||||
.AP void *data2 in
|
||||
.AP void *data3 in
|
||||
.AP ClientData data0 in
|
||||
.AP ClientData data1 in
|
||||
.AP ClientData data2 in
|
||||
.AP ClientData data3 in
|
||||
\fIdata0\fR through \fIdata3\fR are four one-word values that will be passed
|
||||
to the function designated by \fIpostProcPtr\fR when it is invoked.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ a message as the interpreter's result.
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int
|
||||
\fBTcl_NRPostProc\fR(
|
||||
\fBvoid *\fR \fIdata\fR[],
|
||||
\fBClientData\fR \fIdata\fR[],
|
||||
\fBTcl_Interp\fR *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIresult\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ stack, to evalute a script:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR(
|
||||
void *clientData,
|
||||
ClientData clientData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int objc,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
|
||||
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ call \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR(
|
||||
void *clientData,
|
||||
ClientData clientData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int objc,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
|
||||
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ int
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR
|
||||
void *clientData,
|
||||
ClientData clientData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int objc,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
|
||||
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ int
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fITheCmdNRPostProc\fR(
|
||||
void *data[],
|
||||
ClientData data[],
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int result)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The interpreter in which the namespace exists and where name lookups
|
||||
are performed. Also where error result messages are written.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *name in
|
||||
The name of the namespace or command to be created or accessed.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
A context pointer by the creator of the namespace. Not interpreted by
|
||||
Tcl at all.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_NamespaceDeleteProc *deleteProc in
|
||||
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ the global namespace.)
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_NamespaceDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteNamespace\fR deletes a namespace, calling the
|
||||
|
||||
+7
-7
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Tcl_ThreadId
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR(\fIdeleteProc, clientData\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_InitNotifier\fR()
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Procedure to invoke to prepare for event wait in \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR.
|
||||
Procedure for \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR to invoke after waiting for
|
||||
events. Checks to see if any events have occurred and, if so,
|
||||
queues them.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIsetupProc\fR, \fIcheckProc\fR, or
|
||||
\fIdeleteProc\fR.
|
||||
.AP "const Tcl_Time" *timePtr in
|
||||
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ is NULL, it means there is no maximum wait time: wait forever if
|
||||
necessary.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Event *evPtr in
|
||||
An event to add to the event queue. The storage for the event must
|
||||
have been allocated by the caller using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
|
||||
have been allocated by the caller using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or \fBckalloc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_QueuePosition position in
|
||||
Where to add the new event in the queue: \fBTCL_QUEUE_TAIL\fR,
|
||||
\fBTCL_QUEUE_HEAD\fR, or \fBTCL_QUEUE_MARK\fR.
|
||||
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ the event source.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_EventSetupProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
int \fIflags\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_EventCheckProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
int \fIflags\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ of window events.
|
||||
When \fIproc\fR returns 1, \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR will remove the
|
||||
event from the event queue and free its storage.
|
||||
Note that the storage for an event must be allocated by
|
||||
the event source (using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR)
|
||||
the event source (using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or the Tcl macro \fBckalloc\fR)
|
||||
before calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR, but it
|
||||
will be freed by \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR, not by the event source.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ queue. \fIProc\fR should match the following prototype:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_EventDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
Tcl_Event *\fIevPtr\fR,
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR argument will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -111,9 +111,9 @@ which is defined as follows.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Obj {
|
||||
size_t \fIrefCount\fR;
|
||||
int \fIrefCount\fR;
|
||||
char *\fIbytes\fR;
|
||||
size_t \fIlength\fR;
|
||||
int \fIlength\fR;
|
||||
const Tcl_ObjType *\fItypePtr\fR;
|
||||
union {
|
||||
long \fIlongValue\fR;
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -184,8 +184,8 @@ to be treated as conventional null character-terminated C strings.
|
||||
These restrictions are easily met by using Tcl's internal UTF encoding
|
||||
for the string representation, same as one would do for other
|
||||
Tcl routines accepting string values as arguments.
|
||||
Storage for the byte array must be allocated in the heap by \fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
|
||||
Note that \fIupdateStringProc\fRs must allocate
|
||||
Storage for the byte array must be allocated in the heap by \fBTcl_Alloc\fR
|
||||
or \fBckalloc\fR. Note that \fIupdateStringProc\fRs must allocate
|
||||
enough storage for the string's bytes and the terminating null byte.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIupdateStringProc\fR for Tcl's built-in double type, for example,
|
||||
|
||||
+13
-13
@@ -53,28 +53,28 @@ int
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_Read\fR(\fIchannel, readBuf, bytesToRead\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetsObj\fR(\fIchannel, lineObjPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_Gets\fR(\fIchannel, lineRead\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_Ungets\fR(\fIchannel, input, inputLen, addAtEnd\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_WriteObj\fR(\fIchannel, writeObjPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_WriteChars\fR(\fIchannel, charBuf, bytesToWrite\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_Write\fR(\fIchannel, byteBuf, bytesToWrite\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_ReadRaw\fR(\fIchannel, readBuf, bytesToRead\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_WriteRaw\fR(\fIchannel, byteBuf, bytesToWrite\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ input of the invoking process; likewise for \fBTCL_STDOUT\fR and
|
||||
redirect stdio handles to override the stdio handles for which
|
||||
\fBTCL_STDIN\fR, \fBTCL_STDOUT\fR and \fBTCL_STDERR\fR have been set. If it
|
||||
is set, then such redirections cause an error.
|
||||
.AP void *handle in
|
||||
.AP ClientData handle in
|
||||
Operating system specific handle for I/O to a file. For Unix this is a
|
||||
file descriptor, for Windows it is a HANDLE.
|
||||
.AP int readOrWrite in
|
||||
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ from a procedure such as \fBTcl_OpenFileChannel\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *readObjPtr in/out
|
||||
A pointer to a Tcl value in which to store the characters read from the
|
||||
channel.
|
||||
.AP size_t charsToRead in
|
||||
.AP int charsToRead in
|
||||
The number of characters to read from the channel. If the channel's encoding
|
||||
is \fBbinary\fR, this is equivalent to the number of bytes to read from the
|
||||
channel.
|
||||
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ If non-zero, data read from the channel will be appended to the value.
|
||||
Otherwise, the data will replace the existing contents of the value.
|
||||
.AP char *readBuf out
|
||||
A buffer in which to store the bytes read from the channel.
|
||||
.AP size_t bytesToRead in
|
||||
.AP int bytesToRead in
|
||||
The number of bytes to read from the channel. The buffer \fIreadBuf\fR must
|
||||
be large enough to hold this many bytes.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *lineObjPtr in/out
|
||||
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ channel. Must have been initialized by the caller. The line read will be
|
||||
appended to any data already in the dynamic string.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *input in
|
||||
The input to add to a channel buffer.
|
||||
.AP size_t inputLen in
|
||||
.AP int inputLen in
|
||||
Length of the input
|
||||
.AP int addAtEnd in
|
||||
Flag indicating whether the input should be added to the end or
|
||||
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ A pointer to a Tcl value whose contents will be output to the channel.
|
||||
A buffer containing the characters to output to the channel.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *byteBuf in
|
||||
A buffer containing the bytes to output to the channel.
|
||||
.AP size_t bytesToWrite in
|
||||
.AP int bytesToWrite in
|
||||
The number of bytes to consume from \fIcharBuf\fR or \fIbyteBuf\fR and
|
||||
output to the channel.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_WideInt offset in
|
||||
|
||||
+3
-3
@@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ If nonzero, the client socket is connected asynchronously to the server.
|
||||
.AP "unsigned int" flags in
|
||||
ORed combination of \fBTCL_TCPSERVER\fR flags that specify additional
|
||||
informations about the socket being created.
|
||||
.AP void *sock in
|
||||
.AP ClientData sock in
|
||||
Platform-specific handle for client TCP socket.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_TcpAcceptProc *proc in
|
||||
Pointer to a procedure to invoke each time a new connection is
|
||||
accepted via the socket.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ the channel. \fIProc\fR must match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_TcpAcceptProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Channel \fIchannel\fR,
|
||||
char *\fIhostName\fR,
|
||||
int \fIport\fR);
|
||||
|
||||
+10
-3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_Panic, Tcl_SetPanicProc, Tcl_ConsolePanic \- report fatal error and abort
|
||||
Tcl_Panic, Tcl_PanicVA, Tcl_SetPanicProc, Tcl_ConsolePanic \- report fatal error and abort
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -16,6 +16,9 @@ void
|
||||
\fBTcl_Panic\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fI...\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIargList\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR(\fIpanicProc\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
@@ -83,8 +86,8 @@ The typical use of \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR arranges for the error message
|
||||
to be displayed or reported in a manner more suitable for the
|
||||
application or the platform.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR can not be used safely by stub-enabled extensions, so its
|
||||
symbol is not included in the stub table.
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
|
||||
entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Although the primary callers of \fBTcl_Panic\fR are the procedures of
|
||||
the Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR is a public function and may be called
|
||||
@@ -92,6 +95,10 @@ by any extension or application that wishes to abort the process and
|
||||
have a panic message displayed the same way that panic messages from Tcl
|
||||
will be displayed.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_Panic\fR except that instead of
|
||||
taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list. Interfaces
|
||||
using argument lists have been found to be nonportable in practice. This
|
||||
function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
abort(3), printf(3), exec(n), format(n)
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
|
||||
+4
-4
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ The array of arguments to be parsed.
|
||||
Pointer to a variable that will hold the array of unprocessed arguments.
|
||||
Should be NULL if no return of unprocessed arguments is required. If
|
||||
\fIobjcPtr\fR is updated to a non-zero value, the array returned through this
|
||||
must be deallocated using \fBTcl_Free\fR.
|
||||
must be deallocated using \fBckfree\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ typedef struct {
|
||||
void *\fIsrcPtr\fR;
|
||||
void *\fIdstPtr\fR;
|
||||
const char *\fIhelpStr\fR;
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR;
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_ArgvInfo\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ have the following signature:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int (\fBTcl_ArgvFuncProc\fR)(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *\fIobjPtr\fR,
|
||||
void *\fIdstPtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ function will have the following signature:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int (\fBTcl_ArgvGenFuncProc\fR)(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIobjc\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *const *\fIobjv\fR,
|
||||
|
||||
+21
-7
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_ParseCommand, Tcl_ParseExpr, Tcl_ParseBraces, Tcl_ParseQuotedString, Tcl_ParseVarName, Tcl_ParseVar, Tcl_FreeParse, Tcl_EvalTokensStandard \- parse Tcl scripts and expressions
|
||||
Tcl_ParseCommand, Tcl_ParseExpr, Tcl_ParseBraces, Tcl_ParseQuotedString, Tcl_ParseVarName, Tcl_ParseVar, Tcl_FreeParse, Tcl_EvalTokens, Tcl_EvalTokensStandard \- parse Tcl scripts and expressions
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -33,16 +33,20 @@ const char *
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_FreeParse\fR(\fIusedParsePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR(\fIinterp, tokenPtr, numTokens\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR(\fIinterp, tokenPtr, numTokens\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_Interp *usedParsePtr out
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp out
|
||||
For procedures other than \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR and
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, used only for error reporting;
|
||||
For procedures other than \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR, \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR
|
||||
and \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, used only for error reporting;
|
||||
if NULL, then no error messages are left after errors.
|
||||
For \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, determines the context for evaluating
|
||||
the script and also is used for error reporting; must not be NULL.
|
||||
For \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR and \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR,
|
||||
determines the context for evaluating the
|
||||
script and also is used for error reporting; must not be NULL.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *start in
|
||||
Pointer to first character in string to parse.
|
||||
.AP int numBytes in
|
||||
@@ -187,6 +191,16 @@ code with one of the values \fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR,
|
||||
some other integer value originating in an extension.
|
||||
In addition, a result value or error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's
|
||||
result; it can be retrieved using \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR differs from \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR only in
|
||||
the return convention used: it returns the result in a new Tcl_Obj.
|
||||
The reference count of the value returned as result has been
|
||||
incremented, so the caller must
|
||||
invoke \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR when it is finished with the value.
|
||||
If an error or other exception occurs while evaluating the tokens
|
||||
(such as a reference to a non-existent variable) then the return value
|
||||
is NULL and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result. The use
|
||||
of \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR is deprecated.
|
||||
.SH "TCL_PARSE STRUCTURE"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_ParseCommand\fR, \fBTcl_ParseExpr\fR, \fBTcl_ParseBraces\fR,
|
||||
@@ -208,8 +222,8 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Parse {
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Token {
|
||||
int \fItype\fR;
|
||||
const char *\fIstart\fR;
|
||||
size_t \fIsize\fR;
|
||||
size_t \fInumComponents\fR;
|
||||
int \fIsize\fR;
|
||||
int \fInumComponents\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_Token\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Tcl_Preserve, Tcl_Release, Tcl_EventuallyFree \- avoid freeing storage while it
|
||||
\fBTcl_EventuallyFree\fR(\fIclientData, freeProc\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_FreeProc clientData
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Token describing structure to be freed or reallocated. Usually a pointer
|
||||
to memory for structure.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc in
|
||||
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ reasons, but the value is the same.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
When the \fIclientData\fR argument to \fBTcl_EventuallyFree\fR
|
||||
refers to storage allocated and returned by a prior call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_Alloc\fR or another function of the Tcl library,
|
||||
\fBTcl_Alloc\fR, \fBckalloc\fR, or another function of the Tcl library,
|
||||
then the \fIfreeProc\fR argument should be given the special value of
|
||||
\fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
+7
-2
@@ -18,7 +18,10 @@ Tcl_PrintDouble \- Convert floating value to string
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_Interp *interp out
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
This argument is ignored.
|
||||
Before Tcl 8.0, the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable in this interpreter
|
||||
controlled the conversion. As of Tcl 8.0, this argument is ignored and
|
||||
the conversion is controlled by the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable
|
||||
that is now shared by all interpreters.
|
||||
.AP double value in
|
||||
Floating-point value to be converted.
|
||||
.AP char *dst out
|
||||
@@ -38,7 +41,9 @@ so that it does not look like an integer. Where \fB%g\fR would
|
||||
generate an integer with no decimal point, \fBTcl_PrintDouble\fR adds
|
||||
.QW .0 .
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The result will have the fewest digits needed to
|
||||
If the \fBtcl_precision\fR value is non-zero, the result will have
|
||||
precisely that many digits of significance. If the value is zero
|
||||
(the default), the result will have the fewest digits needed to
|
||||
represent the number in such a way that \fBTcl_NewDoubleObj\fR
|
||||
will generate the same number when presented with the given string.
|
||||
IEEE semantics of rounding to even apply to the conversion.
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ the command at global level instead of the current stack level.
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_RecordAndEvalObj\fR is invoked to record a command as an event
|
||||
on the history list and then execute it using \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
|
||||
on the history list and then execute it using \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR
|
||||
It returns a completion code such as \fBTCL_OK\fR just like \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR,
|
||||
as well as a result value containing additional information
|
||||
(a result value or error message)
|
||||
|
||||
+8
-8
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ identifies the beginning of the larger string.
|
||||
If it is not the same as \fItext\fR, then no
|
||||
.QW \fB^\fR
|
||||
matches will be allowed.
|
||||
.AP size_t index in
|
||||
.AP int index in
|
||||
Specifies which range is desired: 0 means the range of the entire
|
||||
match, 1 or greater means the range that matched a parenthesized
|
||||
sub-expression.
|
||||
@@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ OR-ed combination of the compilation flags \fBTCL_REG_ADVANCED\fR,
|
||||
\fBTCL_REG_QUOTE\fR, \fBTCL_REG_NOCASE\fR, \fBTCL_REG_NEWLINE\fR,
|
||||
\fBTCL_REG_NLSTOP\fR, \fBTCL_REG_NLANCH\fR, \fBTCL_REG_NOSUB\fR, and
|
||||
\fBTCL_REG_CANMATCH\fR. See below for more information.
|
||||
.AP size_t offset in
|
||||
.AP int offset in
|
||||
The character offset into the text where matching should begin.
|
||||
The value of the offset has no impact on \fB^\fR matches. This
|
||||
behavior is controlled by \fIeflags\fR.
|
||||
.AP size_t nmatches in
|
||||
.AP int nmatches in
|
||||
The number of matching subexpressions that should be remembered for
|
||||
later use. If this value is 0, then no subexpression match
|
||||
information will be computed. If the value is TCL_INDEX_NONE, then
|
||||
information will be computed. If the value is \-1, then
|
||||
all of the matching subexpressions will be remembered. Any other
|
||||
value will be taken as the maximum number of subexpressions to
|
||||
remember.
|
||||
@@ -337,9 +337,9 @@ defined as follows:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_RegExpInfo {
|
||||
size_t \fInsubs\fR;
|
||||
int \fInsubs\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_RegExpIndices *\fImatches\fR;
|
||||
size_t \fIextendStart\fR;
|
||||
long \fIextendStart\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_RegExpInfo\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -355,8 +355,8 @@ follows:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_RegExpIndices {
|
||||
size_t \fIstart\fR;
|
||||
size_t \fIend\fR;
|
||||
long \fIstart\fR;
|
||||
long \fIend\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_RegExpIndices\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -87,10 +87,14 @@ the value.
|
||||
Which functions of a channel driver are allowed to use which bypass function
|
||||
is listed below, as is which functions of the public channel API may leave a
|
||||
messages in the bypass areas.
|
||||
.IP \fBTcl_DriverCloseProc\fR
|
||||
May use \fBTcl_SetChannelErrorInterp\fR, and only this function.
|
||||
.IP \fBTcl_DriverInputProc\fR
|
||||
May use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR, and only this function.
|
||||
.IP \fBTcl_DriverOutputProc\fR
|
||||
May use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR, and only this function.
|
||||
.IP \fBTcl_DriverSeekProc\fR
|
||||
May use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR, and only this function.
|
||||
.IP \fBTcl_DriverWideSeekProc\fR
|
||||
May use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR, and only this function.
|
||||
.IP \fBTcl_DriverSetOptionProc\fR
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ New limit for nested calls to \fBTcl_Eval\fR for \fIinterp\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
At any given time Tcl enforces a limit on the number of recursive
|
||||
calls that may be active for \fBTcl_Eval\fR and related procedures
|
||||
such as \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR.
|
||||
such as \fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR.
|
||||
Any call to \fBTcl_Eval\fR that exceeds this depth is aborted with
|
||||
an error.
|
||||
By default the recursion limit is 1000.
|
||||
|
||||
+26
-1
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult \- manipulate Tcl result
|
||||
Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendResultVA, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult, Tcl_FreeResult \- manipulate Tcl result
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -26,11 +26,15 @@ const char *
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendResult\fR(\fIinterp, result, result, ... , \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_ResetResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR(\fIsourceInterp, code, targetInterp\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendElement\fR(\fIinterp, element\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_FreeProc sourceInterp out
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp out
|
||||
@@ -139,6 +143,11 @@ extensions.
|
||||
Any number of \fIresult\fR arguments may be passed in a single
|
||||
call; the last argument in the list must be a NULL pointer.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR except that
|
||||
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
|
||||
Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be nonportable in practice.
|
||||
This function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR transfers interpreter state from \fIsourceInterp\fR
|
||||
to \fItargetInterp\fR. The two interpreters must have been created in the
|
||||
same thread. If \fIsourceInterp\fR and \fItargetInterp\fR are the same,
|
||||
@@ -175,6 +184,22 @@ single character
|
||||
or ends in the characters
|
||||
.QW " {" )
|
||||
then no space is added.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR performs part of the work
|
||||
of \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR.
|
||||
It frees up the memory associated with \fIinterp\fR's result.
|
||||
It also sets \fIinterp->freeProc\fR to zero, but does not
|
||||
change \fIinterp->result\fR or clear error state.
|
||||
\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR is most commonly used when a procedure
|
||||
is about to replace one result value with another.
|
||||
.SS "DIRECT ACCESS TO INTERP->RESULT"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
It used to be legal for programs to
|
||||
directly read and write \fIinterp->result\fR
|
||||
to manipulate the interpreter result. The Tcl headers no longer
|
||||
permit this access. C code still doing this must
|
||||
be updated to use supported routines \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR, \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR, and \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.
|
||||
.SH "THE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how
|
||||
|
||||
+5
-5
@@ -20,16 +20,16 @@ int
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_Merge\fR(\fIargc, argv\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_ScanElement\fR(\fIsrc, flagsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_ScanCountedElement\fR(\fIsrc, length, flagsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_ConvertElement\fR(\fIsrc, dst, flags\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_ConvertCountedElement\fR(\fIsrc, length, dst, flags\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS "const char *const" ***argvPtr out
|
||||
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ String that is to become an element of a list.
|
||||
.AP int *flagsPtr in
|
||||
Pointer to word to fill in with information about \fIsrc\fR.
|
||||
The value of *\fIflagsPtr\fR must be passed to \fBTcl_ConvertElement\fR.
|
||||
.AP size_t length in
|
||||
.AP int length in
|
||||
Number of bytes in string \fIsrc\fR.
|
||||
.AP char *dst in
|
||||
Place to copy converted list element. Must contain enough characters
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ error message. The result or error from the initialization procedure will
|
||||
be returned as the result of the \fBload\fR command that caused the
|
||||
initialization procedure to be invoked.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_StaticPackage\fR can not be safely used by stub-enabled extensions,
|
||||
so its symbol is not included in the stub table.
|
||||
\fBTcl_StaticPackage\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
|
||||
entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
initialization procedure, package, static linking
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
|
||||
+20
-11
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_NewStringObj, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, Tcl_SetStringObj, Tcl_SetUnicodeObj, Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_GetString, Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj, Tcl_GetUnicode, Tcl_GetUniChar, Tcl_GetCharLength, Tcl_GetRange, Tcl_AppendToObj, Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj, Tcl_AppendObjToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObj, Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj, Tcl_Format, Tcl_AppendFormatToObj, Tcl_ObjPrintf, Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj, Tcl_SetObjLength, Tcl_AttemptSetObjLength, Tcl_ConcatObj \- manipulate Tcl values as strings
|
||||
Tcl_NewStringObj, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, Tcl_SetStringObj, Tcl_SetUnicodeObj, Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_GetString, Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj, Tcl_GetUnicode, Tcl_GetUniChar, Tcl_GetCharLength, Tcl_GetRange, Tcl_AppendToObj, Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj, Tcl_AppendObjToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA, Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj, Tcl_Format, Tcl_AppendFormatToObj, Tcl_ObjPrintf, Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj, Tcl_SetObjLength, Tcl_AttemptSetObjLength, Tcl_ConcatObj \- manipulate Tcl values as strings
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -59,6 +59,9 @@ void
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, string, string, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObjVA\fR(\fIobjPtr, argList\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendLimitedToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, bytes, length, limit, ellipsis\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
@@ -87,29 +90,29 @@ Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
Points to the first byte of an array of UTF-8-encoded bytes
|
||||
used to set or append to a string value.
|
||||
This byte array may contain embedded null characters
|
||||
unless \fInumChars\fR is TCL_INDEX_NONE. (Applications needing null bytes
|
||||
unless \fInumChars\fR is negative. (Applications needing null bytes
|
||||
should represent them as the two-byte sequence \fI\e300\e200\fR, use
|
||||
\fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR to convert, or \fBTcl_NewByteArrayObj\fR if
|
||||
the string is a collection of uninterpreted bytes.)
|
||||
.AP size_t length in
|
||||
.AP int length in
|
||||
The number of bytes to copy from \fIbytes\fR when
|
||||
initializing, setting, or appending to a string value.
|
||||
If TCL_INDEX_NONE, all bytes up to the first null are used.
|
||||
If negative, all bytes up to the first null are used.
|
||||
.AP "const Tcl_UniChar" *unicode in
|
||||
Points to the first byte of an array of Unicode characters
|
||||
used to set or append to a string value.
|
||||
This byte array may contain embedded null characters
|
||||
unless \fInumChars\fR is negative.
|
||||
.AP size_t numChars in
|
||||
.AP int numChars in
|
||||
The number of Unicode characters to copy from \fIunicode\fR when
|
||||
initializing, setting, or appending to a string value.
|
||||
If TCL_INDEX_NONE, all characters up to the first null character are used.
|
||||
.AP size_t index in
|
||||
If negative, all characters up to the first null character are used.
|
||||
.AP int index in
|
||||
The index of the Unicode character to return.
|
||||
.AP size_t first in
|
||||
.AP int first in
|
||||
The index of the first Unicode character in the Unicode range to be
|
||||
returned as a new value.
|
||||
.AP size_t last in
|
||||
.AP int last in
|
||||
The index of the last Unicode character in the Unicode range to be
|
||||
returned as a new value.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
|
||||
@@ -124,7 +127,7 @@ Null-terminated string value to append to \fIobjPtr\fR.
|
||||
.AP va_list argList in
|
||||
An argument list which must have been initialized using
|
||||
\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
|
||||
.AP size_t limit in
|
||||
.AP int limit in
|
||||
Maximum number of bytes to be appended.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *ellipsis in
|
||||
Suffix to append when the limit leads to string truncation.
|
||||
@@ -137,7 +140,7 @@ Format control string including % conversion specifiers.
|
||||
The number of elements to format or concatenate.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *objv[] in
|
||||
The array of values to format or concatenate.
|
||||
.AP size_t newLength in
|
||||
.AP int newLength in
|
||||
New length for the string value of \fIobjPtr\fR, not including the
|
||||
final null character.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
@@ -244,6 +247,12 @@ values may contain internal null characters). Any number of
|
||||
\fIstring\fR arguments may be provided, but the last argument
|
||||
must be a NULL pointer to indicate the end of the list.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObjVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR
|
||||
except that instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an
|
||||
argument list. Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be
|
||||
nonportable in practice. This function is deprecated and will be removed
|
||||
in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendLimitedToObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_AppendToObj\fR
|
||||
except that it imposes a limit on how many bytes are appended.
|
||||
This can be handy when the string to be appended might be
|
||||
|
||||
+6
-6
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ and the Tcl \fBmemory\fR command can be used to validate and examine
|
||||
memory usage.
|
||||
.SH "GUARD ZONES"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
When memory debugging is enabled, whenever a call to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR is
|
||||
When memory debugging is enabled, whenever a call to \fBckalloc\fR is
|
||||
made, slightly more memory than requested is allocated so the memory
|
||||
debugging code can keep track of the allocated memory, and eight-byte
|
||||
.QW "guard zones"
|
||||
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ C #define \fBLOW_GUARD_SIZE\fR and #define \fBHIGH_GUARD_SIZE\fR
|
||||
in the file \fIgeneric/tclCkalloc.c\fR \(em it can
|
||||
be extended if you suspect large overwrite problems, at some cost in
|
||||
performance.) A known pattern is written into the guard zones and, on
|
||||
a call to \fBTcl_Free\fR, the guard zones of the space being freed are
|
||||
a call to \fBckfree\fR, the guard zones of the space being freed are
|
||||
checked to see if either zone has been modified in any way. If one
|
||||
has been, the guard bytes and their new contents are identified, and a
|
||||
.QW "low guard failed"
|
||||
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ or
|
||||
message is issued. The
|
||||
.QW "guard failed"
|
||||
message includes the address of the memory packet and
|
||||
the file name and line number of the code that called \fBTcl_Free\fR.
|
||||
the file name and line number of the code that called \fBckfree\fR.
|
||||
This allows you to detect the common sorts of one-off problems, where
|
||||
not enough space was allocated to contain the data written, for
|
||||
example.
|
||||
@@ -66,15 +66,15 @@ suspect (or know) that corruption is occurring before the Tcl
|
||||
interpreter comes up far enough for you to issue commands, you can set
|
||||
\fBMEM_VALIDATE\fR define, recompile tclCkalloc.c and rebuild Tcl.
|
||||
This will enable memory validation from the first call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_Alloc\fR, again, at a large performance impact.
|
||||
\fBckalloc\fR, again, at a large performance impact.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If you are desperate and validating memory on every call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_Alloc\fR and \fBTcl_Free\fR is not enough, you can explicitly call
|
||||
\fBckalloc\fR and \fBckfree\fR is not enough, you can explicitly call
|
||||
\fBTcl_ValidateAllMemory\fR directly at any point. It takes a \fIchar
|
||||
*\fR and an \fIint\fR which are normally the filename and line number
|
||||
of the caller, but they can actually be anything you want. Remember
|
||||
to remove the calls after you find the problem.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Tcl_Alloc, memory, Tcl_ValidateAllMemory, Tcl_DumpActiveMemory
|
||||
ckalloc, memory, Tcl_ValidateAllMemory, Tcl_DumpActiveMemory
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
memory, debug
|
||||
|
||||
+4
-4
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ The initial value for the checksum algorithm.
|
||||
.AP "unsigned char" *bytes in
|
||||
An array of bytes to run the checksum algorithm over, or NULL to get the
|
||||
recommended initial value for the checksum algorithm.
|
||||
.AP size_t length in
|
||||
.AP int length in
|
||||
The number of bytes in the array.
|
||||
.AP int mode in
|
||||
What mode to operate the stream in. Should be either
|
||||
@@ -107,9 +107,9 @@ if the currently compressed data must be made available for access using
|
||||
into a state where the decompressor can recover from on corruption, or
|
||||
\fBTCL_ZLIB_FINALIZE\fR to ensure that the stream is finished and that any
|
||||
trailer demanded by the format is written.
|
||||
.AP size_t count in
|
||||
The maximum number of bytes to get from the stream, or TCL_INDEX_NONE to get
|
||||
all remaining bytes from the stream's buffers.
|
||||
.AP int count in
|
||||
The maximum number of bytes to get from the stream, or -1 to get all remaining
|
||||
bytes from the stream's buffers.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *compDict in
|
||||
A byte array value that is the compression dictionary to use with the stream.
|
||||
Note that this is \fInot a Tcl dictionary\fR, and it is recommended that this
|
||||
|
||||
+3
-3
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Id of the thread waited upon.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ThreadCreateProc *proc in
|
||||
This procedure will act as the \fBmain()\fR of the newly created
|
||||
thread. The specified \fIclientData\fR will be its sole argument.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary information. Passed as sole argument to the \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP int stackSize in
|
||||
The size of the stack given to the new thread.
|
||||
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ value and then finishes.
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
static \fBTcl_ThreadCreateType\fR
|
||||
MyThreadImplFunc(
|
||||
void *clientData)
|
||||
ClientData clientData)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, limit = (int) clientData;
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<limit ; i++) {
|
||||
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ would do this:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
int limit = 1000000000;
|
||||
void *limitData = (void*)((intptr_t) limit);
|
||||
ClientData limitData = (void*)((intptr_t) limit);
|
||||
Tcl_ThreadId id; \fI/* holds identity of thread created */\fR
|
||||
int result;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
+5
-5
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Tcl_CommandTraceInfo, Tcl_TraceCommand, Tcl_UntraceCommand \- monitor renames an
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_CommandTraceInfo(\fIinterp, cmdName, flags, proc, prevClientData\fB)\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
@@ -32,9 +32,9 @@ OR'ed collection of the values \fBTCL_TRACE_RENAME\fR and
|
||||
\fBTCL_TRACE_DELETE\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CommandTraceProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to call when specified operations occur to \fIcmdName\fR.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary argument to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP void *prevClientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData prevClientData in
|
||||
If non-NULL, gives last value returned by \fBTcl_CommandTraceInfo\fR,
|
||||
so this call will return information about next trace. If NULL, this
|
||||
call will return information about first trace.
|
||||
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ match the type \fBTcl_CommandTraceProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_CommandTraceProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIoldName\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fInewName\fR,
|
||||
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ typedef void \fBTcl_CommandTraceProc\fR(
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters will have the same
|
||||
values as those passed to \fBTcl_TraceCommand\fR when the trace was
|
||||
created. \fIclientData\fR typically points to an application-specific
|
||||
created. \fIClientData\fR typically points to an application-specific
|
||||
data structure that describes what to do when \fIproc\fR is invoked.
|
||||
\fIOldName\fR gives the name of the command being renamed, and
|
||||
\fInewName\fR gives the name that the command is being renamed to (or
|
||||
|
||||
+11
-12
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_TraceVar 3 9.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_TraceVar 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
@@ -24,13 +24,13 @@ int
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_UntraceVar2(\fIinterp, name1, name2, flags, proc, clientData\fB)\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_VarTraceInfo(\fIinterp, varName, flags, proc, prevClientData\fB)\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_VarTraceInfo2(\fIinterp, name1, name2, flags, proc, prevClientData\fB)\fR
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS void *prevClientData
|
||||
.AS Tcl_VarTraceProc prevClientData
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter containing variable.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *varName in
|
||||
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Not all flags are used by all
|
||||
procedures. See below for more information.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to invoke whenever one of the traced operations occurs.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *name1 in
|
||||
Name of scalar or array variable (without array index).
|
||||
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Name of scalar or array variable (without array index).
|
||||
For a trace on an element of an array, gives the index of the
|
||||
element. For traces on scalar variables or on whole arrays,
|
||||
is NULL.
|
||||
.AP void *prevClientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData prevClientData in
|
||||
If non-NULL, gives last value returned by \fBTcl_VarTraceInfo\fR or
|
||||
\fBTcl_VarTraceInfo2\fR, so this call will return information about
|
||||
next trace. If NULL, this call will return information about first
|
||||
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ before an array set, but that will trigger write traces.
|
||||
\fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_DYNAMIC\fR
|
||||
The result of invoking the \fIproc\fR is a dynamically allocated
|
||||
string that will be released by the Tcl library via a call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_Free\fR. Must not be specified at the same time as
|
||||
\fBckfree\fR. Must not be specified at the same time as
|
||||
\fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_OBJECT\fR.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_OBJECT\fR
|
||||
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ It should have arguments and result that match the type
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef char *\fBTcl_VarTraceProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
char *\fIname1\fR,
|
||||
char *\fIname2\fR,
|
||||
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ typedef char *\fBTcl_VarTraceProc\fR(
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters will
|
||||
have the same values as those passed to \fBTcl_TraceVar\fR when the
|
||||
trace was created.
|
||||
\fIclientData\fR typically points to an application-specific
|
||||
\fIClientData\fR typically points to an application-specific
|
||||
data structure that describes what to do when \fIproc\fR
|
||||
is invoked.
|
||||
\fIName1\fR and \fIname2\fR give the name of the traced variable
|
||||
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ The return value must be a pointer to a static character string
|
||||
containing an error message,
|
||||
unless (\fIexactly\fR one of) the \fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_DYNAMIC\fR and
|
||||
\fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_OBJECT\fR flags is set, which specify that the result is
|
||||
either a dynamic string (to be released with \fBTcl_Free\fR) or a
|
||||
either a dynamic string (to be released with \fBckfree\fR) or a
|
||||
Tcl_Obj* (cast to char* and to be released with
|
||||
\fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR) containing the error message.
|
||||
If a trace procedure returns an error, no further traces are
|
||||
@@ -333,8 +333,7 @@ The routine \fBTcl_InterpDeleted\fR is an important tool for this.
|
||||
When \fBTcl_InterpDeleted\fR returns 1, \fIproc\fR will not be able
|
||||
to invoke any scripts in \fIinterp\fR. You may encounter old code using
|
||||
a deprecated flag value \fBTCL_INTERP_DESTROYED\fR to signal this
|
||||
condition, but Tcl 9 no longer supports this. Any supported code
|
||||
must be converted to stop using it.
|
||||
condition, but any supported code should be converted to stop using it.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
A trace procedure can be called at any time, even when there
|
||||
are partially formed results stored in the interpreter. If
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -49,19 +49,19 @@ int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UniCharLen\fR(\fIuniStr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, uniLength\fR)
|
||||
\fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, numChars\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UniCharNcasecmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, uniLength\fR)
|
||||
\fBTcl_UniCharNcasecmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, numChars\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UniCharCaseMatch\fR(\fIuniStr, uniPattern, nocase\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, length\fR)
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, numChars\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfNcasecmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, length\fR)
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfNcasecmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, numChars\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfCharComplete\fR(\fIsrc, length\fR)
|
||||
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ int
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfAtIndex\fR(\fIsrc, index\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR(\fIsrc, readPtr, dst\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniPattern in/out
|
||||
@@ -126,16 +126,18 @@ A null-terminated utf-16 string.
|
||||
A null-terminated utf-16 string.
|
||||
.AP "const unsigned short" *utf16Pattern in
|
||||
A null-terminated utf-16 string.
|
||||
.AP size_t length in
|
||||
.AP int length in
|
||||
The length of the UTF-8 string in bytes (not UTF-8 characters). If
|
||||
negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
|
||||
.AP size_t uniLength in
|
||||
.AP int uniLength in
|
||||
The length of the Unicode string in characters.
|
||||
.AP "Tcl_DString" *dsPtr in/out
|
||||
A pointer to a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
|
||||
.AP "unsigned long" numChars in
|
||||
The number of characters to compare.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *start in
|
||||
Pointer to the beginning of a UTF-8 string.
|
||||
.AP size_t index in
|
||||
.AP int index in
|
||||
The index of a character (not byte) in the UTF-8 string.
|
||||
.AP int *readPtr out
|
||||
If non-NULL, filled with the number of bytes in the backslash sequence,
|
||||
@@ -203,7 +205,7 @@ the number of Unicode characters (not bytes) in that string.
|
||||
\fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR and \fBTcl_UniCharNcasecmp\fR correspond to
|
||||
\fBstrncmp\fR and \fBstrncasecmp\fR, respectively, for Unicode characters.
|
||||
They accept two null-terminated Unicode strings and the number of characters
|
||||
to compare. Both strings are assumed to be at least \fIuniLength\fR characters
|
||||
to compare. Both strings are assumed to be at least \fInumChars\fR characters
|
||||
long. \fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR compares the two strings character-by-character
|
||||
according to the Unicode character ordering. It returns an integer greater
|
||||
than, equal to, or less than 0 if the first string is greater than, equal
|
||||
@@ -217,7 +219,7 @@ be case sensitive and returns whether the string matches the pattern.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR corresponds to \fBstrncmp\fR for UTF-8 strings. It
|
||||
accepts two null-terminated UTF-8 strings and the number of characters
|
||||
to compare. (Both strings are assumed to be at least \fIlength\fR
|
||||
to compare. (Both strings are assumed to be at least \fInumChars\fR
|
||||
characters long.) \fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR compares the two strings
|
||||
character-by-character according to the Unicode character ordering.
|
||||
It returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0 if the
|
||||
@@ -283,14 +285,17 @@ byte \fIsrc[0]\fR nor the byte \fIstart[-1]\fR nor the byte
|
||||
Pascal Ord() function. It returns the Unicode character represented at the
|
||||
specified character (not byte) \fIindex\fR in the UTF-8 string
|
||||
\fIsrc\fR. The source string must contain at least \fIindex\fR
|
||||
characters. If \fIindex\fR is TCL_INDEX_NONE or \fIindex\fR points
|
||||
characters. If a negative \fIindex\fR is given or \fIindex\fR points
|
||||
to the second half of a surrogate pair, it returns -1.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfAtIndex\fR returns a pointer to the specified character (not
|
||||
byte) \fIindex\fR in the UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR. The source string must
|
||||
contain at least \fIindex\fR characters. This is equivalent to calling
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR \fIindex\fR times. If \fIindex\fR is TCL_INDEX_NONE,
|
||||
the return pointer points to the first character in the source string.
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR \fIindex\fR times, except if that would return
|
||||
a pointer to the second byte of a valid 4-byte UTF-8 sequence, in which
|
||||
case, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR will be called once more to find the end
|
||||
of the sequence. If a negative \fIindex\fR is given, the returned pointer
|
||||
points to the first character in the source string.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR is a utility procedure used by several of the Tcl
|
||||
commands. It parses a backslash sequence and stores the properly formed
|
||||
|
||||
+60
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH case n 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
case \- Evaluate one of several scripts, depending on a given value
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
\fBcase\fI string \fR?\fBin\fR? \fIpatList body \fR?\fIpatList body \fR...?
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBcase\fI string \fR?\fBin\fR? {\fIpatList body \fR?\fIpatList body \fR...?}
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fINote: the \fBcase\fI command is obsolete and is supported only
|
||||
for backward compatibility. At some point in the future it may be
|
||||
removed entirely. You should use the \fBswitch\fI command instead.\fR
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fBcase\fR command matches \fIstring\fR against each of
|
||||
the \fIpatList\fR arguments in order.
|
||||
Each \fIpatList\fR argument is a list of one or
|
||||
more patterns. If any of these patterns matches \fIstring\fR then
|
||||
\fBcase\fR evaluates the following \fIbody\fR argument
|
||||
by passing it recursively to the Tcl interpreter and returns the result
|
||||
of that evaluation.
|
||||
Each \fIpatList\fR argument consists of a single
|
||||
pattern or list of patterns. Each pattern may contain any of the wild-cards
|
||||
described under \fBstring match\fR. If a \fIpatList\fR
|
||||
argument is \fBdefault\fR, the corresponding body will be evaluated
|
||||
if no \fIpatList\fR matches \fIstring\fR. If no \fIpatList\fR argument
|
||||
matches \fIstring\fR and no default is given, then the \fBcase\fR
|
||||
command returns an empty string.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Two syntaxes are provided for the \fIpatList\fR and \fIbody\fR arguments.
|
||||
The first uses a separate argument for each of the patterns and commands;
|
||||
this form is convenient if substitutions are desired on some of the
|
||||
patterns or commands.
|
||||
The second form places all of the patterns and commands together into
|
||||
a single argument; the argument must have proper list structure, with
|
||||
the elements of the list being the patterns and commands.
|
||||
The second form makes it easy to construct multi-line case commands,
|
||||
since the braces around the whole list make it unnecessary to include a
|
||||
backslash at the end of each line.
|
||||
Since the \fIpatList\fR arguments are in braces in the second form,
|
||||
no command or variable substitutions are performed on them; this makes
|
||||
the behavior of the second form different than the first form in some
|
||||
cases.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
switch(n)
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
case, match, regular expression
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ for reading from slots is via \fBinfo class\fR and \fBinfo object\fR).
|
||||
.SH EXAMPLES
|
||||
This example demonstrates how to use both forms of the \fBoo::define\fR and
|
||||
\fBoo::objdefine\fR commands (they work in the same way), as well as
|
||||
illustrating four of their subcommands.
|
||||
illustrating four of the subcommands of them.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
oo::class create c
|
||||
|
||||
+15
-4
@@ -41,6 +41,12 @@ When an expression evaluates to an integer, the value is the decimal form of
|
||||
the integer, and when an expression evaluates to a floating-point number, the
|
||||
value is the form produced by the \fB%g\fR format specifier of Tcl's
|
||||
\fBformat\fR command.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.VS "TIP 582"
|
||||
You can use \fB#\fR at any point in the expression (except inside double
|
||||
quotes or braces) to start a comment. Comments last to the end of the line or
|
||||
the end of the expression, whichever comes first.
|
||||
.VE "TIP 582"
|
||||
.SS OPERANDS
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
An expression consists of a combination of operands, operators, parentheses and
|
||||
@@ -82,9 +88,9 @@ produces the value on the right side.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
.ta 9c
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR 3.1 + $a \fI6.1\fR
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR 2 + "$a.$b" \fI5.6\fR
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR 4*[llength "6 2"] \fI8\fR
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR {3.1 + $a} \fI6.1\fR
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR {2 + "$a.$b"} \fI5.6\fR
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR {4*[llength "6 2"]} \fI8\fR
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR {{word one} < "word $a"} \fI0\fR
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -95,6 +101,8 @@ first two characters are \fB0d\fR), binary
|
||||
(the first two characters are \fB0b\fR), octal
|
||||
(the first two characters are \fB0o\fR), or hexadecimal
|
||||
(the first two characters are \fB0x\fR) form. For
|
||||
compatibility with older Tcl releases, an operand that begins with \fB0\fR is
|
||||
interpreted as an octal integer even if the second character is not \fBo\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBFloating-point value\fR
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -268,7 +276,7 @@ which means that operands are not evaluated if they are
|
||||
not needed to determine the outcome. For example, in
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR {$v ? [a] : [b]}
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR {$v?[a]:[b]}
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
only one of \fB[a]\fR or \fB[b]\fR is evaluated,
|
||||
@@ -485,7 +493,9 @@ value of true:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
set isTrue [\fBexpr\fR {
|
||||
# Does the environment variable exist, and...
|
||||
[info exists ::env(SOME_ENV_VAR)] &&
|
||||
# ...does it contain a proper true value?
|
||||
[string is true -strict $::env(SOME_ENV_VAR)]
|
||||
}]
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
@@ -508,4 +518,5 @@ Copyright \(co 2005 by Kevin B. Kenny <kennykb@acm.org>. All rights reserved.
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
'\" Local Variables:
|
||||
'\" mode: nroff
|
||||
'\" fill-column: 78
|
||||
'\" End:
|
||||
|
||||
+5
-1
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ kernel call) between a child interpreter and its parent.
|
||||
See \fBALIAS INVOCATION\fR, below, for more details
|
||||
on how the alias mechanism works.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
A qualified interpreter name is a proper Tcl lists containing a subset of its
|
||||
A qualified interpreter name is a proper Tcl list containing a subset of its
|
||||
ancestors in the interpreter hierarchy, terminated by the string naming the
|
||||
interpreter in its immediate parent. Interpreter names are relative to the
|
||||
interpreter in which they are used. For example, if
|
||||
@@ -375,6 +375,10 @@ Returns a Tcl list of the names of all the child interpreters associated
|
||||
with the interpreter identified by \fIpath\fR. If \fIpath\fR is omitted,
|
||||
the invoking interpreter is used.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBinterp\fR \fBslaves\fR ?\fIpath\fR?
|
||||
.
|
||||
Synonym for . \fBinterp\fR \fBchildren\fR ?\fIpath\fR?
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBinterp\fR \fBtarget\fR \fIpath alias\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
Returns a Tcl list describing the target interpreter for an alias. The
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ The following is a minimal extension:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
#include <tcl.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
static int fooCmd(void *clientData,
|
||||
static int fooCmd(ClientData clientData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) {
|
||||
printf("called with %d arguments\en", objc);
|
||||
return TCL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ These options may be given with all matching styles.
|
||||
.
|
||||
Changes the result to be the list of all matching indices (or all matching
|
||||
values if \fB\-inline\fR is specified as well.) If indices are returned, the
|
||||
indices will be in ascending numeric order. If values are returned, the order
|
||||
of the values will be the order of those values within the input \fIlist\fR.
|
||||
indices will be in numeric order. If values are returned, the order of the
|
||||
values will be the order of those values within the input \fIlist\fR.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-inline\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -116,8 +116,6 @@ The indicated return value also becomes the new value of \fIx\fR
|
||||
\fBlset\fR x {2 1} j
|
||||
\fI\(-> {a b c} {d e f} {g j i}\fR
|
||||
\fBlset\fR x {2 3} j
|
||||
\fI\(-> {a b c} {d e f} {g h i j}\fR
|
||||
\fBlset\fR x {2 4} j
|
||||
\fI\(-> list index out of range\fR
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
+4
-1
@@ -124,7 +124,10 @@ of which work solely with floating-point numbers unless otherwise noted:
|
||||
In addition to these predefined functions, applications may
|
||||
define additional functions by using \fBproc\fR (or any other method,
|
||||
such as \fBinterp alias\fR or \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR) to define
|
||||
new commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.
|
||||
new commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace. In addition, an
|
||||
obsolete interface named \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR() is available to
|
||||
extensions that are written in C. The latter interface is not recommended
|
||||
for new implementations.
|
||||
.SS "DETAILED DEFINITIONS"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBabs \fIarg\fR
|
||||
|
||||
+16
-16
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Write a list of all currently allocated memory to the specified \fIfile\fR.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBmemory break_on_malloc\fR \fIcount\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
After the \fIcount\fR allocations have been performed, \fBTcl_Alloc\fR
|
||||
After the \fIcount\fR allocations have been performed, \fBckalloc\fR
|
||||
outputs a message to this effect and that it is now attempting to enter
|
||||
the C debugger. Tcl will then issue a \fISIGINT\fR signal against itself.
|
||||
If you are running Tcl under a C debugger, it should then enter the debugger
|
||||
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ command mode.
|
||||
.
|
||||
Returns a report containing the total allocations and frees since
|
||||
Tcl began, the current packets allocated (the current
|
||||
number of calls to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR not met by a corresponding call
|
||||
to \fBTcl_Free\fR), the current bytes allocated, and the maximum number
|
||||
number of calls to \fBckalloc\fR not met by a corresponding call
|
||||
to \fBckfree\fR), the current bytes allocated, and the maximum number
|
||||
of packets and bytes allocated.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBmemory init \fR[\fBon\fR|\fBoff\fR]
|
||||
@@ -59,34 +59,34 @@ that memory is properly cleaned up during process exit.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBmemory tag\fR \fIstring\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
Each packet of memory allocated by \fBTcl_Alloc\fR can have associated
|
||||
Each packet of memory allocated by \fBckalloc\fR can have associated
|
||||
with it a string-valued tag. In the lists of allocated memory generated
|
||||
by \fBmemory active\fR and \fBmemory onexit\fR, the tag for each packet
|
||||
is printed along with other information about the packet. The
|
||||
\fBmemory tag\fR command sets the tag value for subsequent calls
|
||||
to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR to be \fIstring\fR.
|
||||
to \fBckalloc\fR to be \fIstring\fR.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBmemory trace \fR[\fBon\fR|\fBoff\fR]
|
||||
.
|
||||
Turns memory tracing on or off. When memory tracing is on, every call
|
||||
to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR causes a line of trace information to be written to
|
||||
\fIstderr\fR, consisting of the word \fITcl_Alloc\fR, followed by the
|
||||
to \fBckalloc\fR causes a line of trace information to be written to
|
||||
\fIstderr\fR, consisting of the word \fIckalloc\fR, followed by the
|
||||
address returned, the amount of memory allocated, and the C filename
|
||||
and line number of the code performing the allocation. For example:
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
Tcl_Alloc 40e478 98 tclProc.c 1406
|
||||
ckalloc 40e478 98 tclProc.c 1406
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Calls to \fBTcl_Free\fR are traced in the same manner.
|
||||
Calls to \fBckfree\fR are traced in the same manner.
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBmemory trace_on_at_malloc\fR \fIcount\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
Enable memory tracing after \fIcount\fR \fBTcl_Alloc\fRs have been performed.
|
||||
Enable memory tracing after \fIcount\fR \fBckalloc\fRs have been performed.
|
||||
For example, if you enter \fBmemory trace_on_at_malloc 100\fR,
|
||||
after the 100th call to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR, memory trace information will begin
|
||||
after the 100th call to \fBckalloc\fR, memory trace information will begin
|
||||
being displayed for all allocations and frees. Since there can be a lot
|
||||
of memory activity before a problem occurs, judicious use of this option
|
||||
can reduce the slowdown caused by tracing (and the amount of trace information
|
||||
@@ -97,17 +97,17 @@ occurred since Tcl started is printed on a guard zone failure.
|
||||
\fBmemory validate \fR[\fBon\fR|\fBoff\fR]
|
||||
.
|
||||
Turns memory validation on or off. When memory validation is enabled,
|
||||
on every call to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or \fBTcl_Free\fR, the guard zones are
|
||||
on every call to \fBckalloc\fR or \fBckfree\fR, the guard zones are
|
||||
checked for every piece of memory currently in existence that was
|
||||
allocated by \fBTcl_Alloc\fR. This has a large performance impact and
|
||||
allocated by \fBckalloc\fR. This has a large performance impact and
|
||||
should only be used when overwrite problems are strongly suspected.
|
||||
The advantage of enabling memory validation is that a guard zone
|
||||
overwrite can be detected on the first call to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or
|
||||
\fBTcl_Free\fR after the overwrite occurred, rather than when the
|
||||
overwrite can be detected on the first call to \fBckalloc\fR or
|
||||
\fBckfree\fR after the overwrite occurred, rather than when the
|
||||
specific memory with the overwritten guard zone(s) is freed, which may
|
||||
occur long after the overwrite occurred.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Tcl_Alloc, Tcl_Free, Tcl_ValidateAllMemory, Tcl_DumpActiveMemory, TCL_MEM_DEBUG
|
||||
ckalloc, ckfree, Tcl_ValidateAllMemory, Tcl_DumpActiveMemory, TCL_MEM_DEBUG
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
memory, debug
|
||||
'\"Local Variables:
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ value of \fBU+\fI10ffff\fR.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\ev\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
vertical tab, as in C
|
||||
vertical tab, as in C are all available.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\ex\fIhh\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
|
||||
+4
-2
@@ -224,10 +224,12 @@ set string "#08D03F"
|
||||
\fBscan\fR $string "#%2x%2x%2x" r g b
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Parse a \fIHH:MM\fR time string:
|
||||
Parse a \fIHH:MM\fR time string, noting that this avoids problems with
|
||||
octal numbers by forcing interpretation as decimals (if we did not
|
||||
care, we would use the \fB%i\fR conversion instead):
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
set string "08:08"
|
||||
set string "08:08" ;# *Not* octal!
|
||||
if {[\fBscan\fR $string "%d:%d" hours minutes] != 2} {
|
||||
error "not a valid time string"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+65
-1
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
argc, argv, argv0, auto_path, env, errorCode, errorInfo, tcl_interactive, tcl_library, tcl_nonwordchars, tcl_patchLevel, tcl_pkgPath, tcl_platform, tcl_rcFileName, tcl_traceCompile, tcl_traceExec, tcl_wordchars, tcl_version \- Variables used by Tcl
|
||||
argc, argv, argv0, auto_path, env, errorCode, errorInfo, tcl_interactive, tcl_library, tcl_nonwordchars, tcl_patchLevel, tcl_pkgPath, tcl_platform, tcl_precision, tcl_rcFileName, tcl_traceCompile, tcl_traceExec, tcl_wordchars, tcl_version \- Variables used by Tcl
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -354,6 +354,70 @@ This gives the size of the native-machine word in bytes (strictly, it
|
||||
is same as the result of evaluating \fIsizeof(long)\fR in C.)
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBtcl_precision\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
This variable controls the number of digits to generate
|
||||
when converting floating-point values to strings. It defaults
|
||||
to 0. \fIApplications should not change this value;\fR it is
|
||||
provided for compatibility with legacy code.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
The default value of 0 is special, meaning that Tcl should
|
||||
convert numbers using as few digits as possible while still
|
||||
distinguishing any floating point number from its nearest
|
||||
neighbours. It differs from using an arbitrarily high value
|
||||
for \fItcl_precision\fR in that an inexact number like \fI1.4\fR
|
||||
will convert as \fI1.4\fR rather than \fI1.3999999999999999\fR
|
||||
even though the latter is nearer to the exact value of the
|
||||
binary number.
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
If \fBtcl_precision\fR is not zero, then when Tcl converts a floating
|
||||
point number, it creates a decimal representation of at most
|
||||
\fBtcl_precision\fR significant digits; the result may be shorter if
|
||||
the shorter result represents the original number exactly. If no
|
||||
result of at most \fBtcl_precision\fR digits is an exact representation
|
||||
of the original number, the one that is closest to the original
|
||||
number is chosen.
|
||||
If the original number lies precisely between two equally accurate
|
||||
decimal representations, then the one with an even value for the least
|
||||
significant digit is chosen; for instance, if \fBtcl_precision\fR is 3, then
|
||||
0.3125 will convert to 0.312, not 0.313, while 0.6875 will convert to
|
||||
0.688, not 0.687. Any string of trailing zeroes that remains is trimmed.
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
a \fBtcl_precision\fR value of 17 digits is
|
||||
.QW perfect
|
||||
for IEEE floating-point in that it allows
|
||||
double-precision values to be converted to strings and back to
|
||||
binary with no loss of information. For this reason, you will often
|
||||
see it as a value in legacy code that must run on Tcl versions before
|
||||
8.5. It is no longer recommended; as noted above, a zero value is the
|
||||
preferred method.
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
All interpreters in a thread share a single \fBtcl_precision\fR value:
|
||||
changing it in one interpreter will affect all other interpreters as
|
||||
well. Safe interpreters are not allowed to modify the
|
||||
variable.
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
Valid values for \fBtcl_precision\fR range from 0 to 17.
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBtcl_rcFileName\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
This variable is used during initialization to indicate the name of a
|
||||
user-specific startup file. If it is set by application-specific
|
||||
initialization, then the Tcl startup code will check for the existence
|
||||
of this file and \fBsource\fR it if it exists. For example, for \fBwish\fR
|
||||
the variable is set to \fB~/.wishrc\fR for Unix and \fB~/wishrc.tcl\fR
|
||||
for Windows.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBtcl_traceCompile\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
The value of this variable can be set to control
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ lexescape(
|
||||
* Ugly heuristic (first test is "exactly 1 digit?")
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
if (v->now - save == 0 || ((int) c > 0 && (size_t)c <= v->nsubexp)) {
|
||||
if (v->now - save == 0 || ((int) c > 0 && (int)c <= v->nsubexp)) {
|
||||
NOTE(REG_UBACKREF);
|
||||
RETV(BACKREF, (chr)c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+37
-36
@@ -805,6 +805,8 @@ static const chr graphCharTable[] = {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* End of auto-generated Unicode character ranges declarations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define CH NOCELT
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
- element - map collating-element name to celt
|
||||
@@ -897,9 +899,9 @@ range(
|
||||
|
||||
for (c=a; c<=b; c++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, c);
|
||||
lc = Tcl_UniCharToLower(c);
|
||||
uc = Tcl_UniCharToUpper(c);
|
||||
tc = Tcl_UniCharToTitle(c);
|
||||
lc = Tcl_UniCharToLower((chr)c);
|
||||
uc = Tcl_UniCharToUpper((chr)c);
|
||||
tc = Tcl_UniCharToTitle((chr)c);
|
||||
if (c != lc) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, lc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -948,11 +950,11 @@ eclass(
|
||||
|
||||
if ((v->cflags®_FAKE) && c == 'x') {
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, 4, 0);
|
||||
addchr(cv, 'x');
|
||||
addchr(cv, 'y');
|
||||
addchr(cv, (chr)'x');
|
||||
addchr(cv, (chr)'y');
|
||||
if (cases) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, 'X');
|
||||
addchr(cv, 'Y');
|
||||
addchr(cv, (chr)'X');
|
||||
addchr(cv, (chr)'Y');
|
||||
}
|
||||
return cv;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -966,7 +968,7 @@ eclass(
|
||||
}
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, 1, 0);
|
||||
assert(cv != NULL);
|
||||
addchr(cv, c);
|
||||
addchr(cv, (chr)c);
|
||||
return cv;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -987,8 +989,7 @@ cclass(
|
||||
Tcl_DString ds;
|
||||
const char *np;
|
||||
const char *const *namePtr;
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
int index;
|
||||
int i, index;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The following arrays define the valid character class names.
|
||||
@@ -1011,7 +1012,7 @@ cclass(
|
||||
|
||||
len = endp - startp;
|
||||
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
|
||||
np = Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString(startp, len, &ds);
|
||||
np = Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString(startp, (int)len, &ds);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Map the name to the corresponding enumerated value.
|
||||
@@ -1046,14 +1047,14 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_ALNUM:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_ALPHA_CHAR, NUM_DIGIT_RANGE + NUM_ALPHA_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_ALPHA_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_ALPHA_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, alphaCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_ALPHA_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_ALPHA_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, alphaRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
alphaRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_DIGIT_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_DIGIT_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, digitRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
digitRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1062,11 +1063,11 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_ALPHA:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_ALPHA_CHAR, NUM_ALPHA_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_ALPHA_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_ALPHA_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, alphaRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
alphaRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_ALPHA_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_ALPHA_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, alphaCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1085,11 +1086,11 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_CNTRL:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_CONTROL_CHAR, NUM_CONTROL_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_CONTROL_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_CONTROL_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, controlRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
controlRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_CONTROL_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_CONTROL_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, controlCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1097,7 +1098,7 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_DIGIT:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, 0, NUM_DIGIT_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_DIGIT_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_DIGIT_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, digitRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
digitRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1106,11 +1107,11 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_PUNCT:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_PUNCT_CHAR, NUM_PUNCT_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_PUNCT_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_PUNCT_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, punctRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
punctRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_PUNCT_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_PUNCT_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, punctCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1135,11 +1136,11 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_SPACE:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_SPACE_CHAR, NUM_SPACE_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_SPACE_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_SPACE_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, spaceRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
spaceRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_SPACE_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_SPACE_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, spaceCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1147,11 +1148,11 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_LOWER:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_LOWER_CHAR, NUM_LOWER_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_LOWER_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_LOWER_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, lowerRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
lowerRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_LOWER_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_LOWER_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, lowerCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1159,11 +1160,11 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_UPPER:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_UPPER_CHAR, NUM_UPPER_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_UPPER_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_UPPER_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, upperRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
upperRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_UPPER_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_UPPER_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, upperCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1171,18 +1172,18 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_PRINT:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_SPACE_CHAR + NUM_GRAPH_CHAR, NUM_SPACE_RANGE + NUM_GRAPH_RANGE - 1);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=1 ; i<NUM_SPACE_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=1 ; (size_t)i<NUM_SPACE_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, spaceRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
spaceRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_SPACE_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_SPACE_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, spaceCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_GRAPH_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_GRAPH_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, graphRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
graphRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_GRAPH_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_GRAPH_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, graphCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1190,11 +1191,11 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_GRAPH:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_GRAPH_CHAR, NUM_GRAPH_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_GRAPH_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_GRAPH_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, graphRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
graphRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_GRAPH_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_GRAPH_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, graphCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1221,9 +1222,9 @@ allcases(
|
||||
chr c = (chr)pc;
|
||||
chr lc, uc, tc;
|
||||
|
||||
lc = Tcl_UniCharToLower(c);
|
||||
uc = Tcl_UniCharToUpper(c);
|
||||
tc = Tcl_UniCharToTitle(c);
|
||||
lc = Tcl_UniCharToLower((chr)c);
|
||||
uc = Tcl_UniCharToUpper((chr)c);
|
||||
tc = Tcl_UniCharToTitle((chr)c);
|
||||
|
||||
if (tc != uc) {
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, 3, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
+30
-29
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
|
||||
/* automatically gathered by fwd; do not hand-edit */
|
||||
/* === regcomp.c === */
|
||||
int compile(regex_t *, const chr *, size_t, int);
|
||||
static void moresubs(struct vars *, size_t);
|
||||
static void moresubs(struct vars *, int);
|
||||
static int freev(struct vars *, int);
|
||||
static void makesearch(struct vars *, struct nfa *);
|
||||
static struct subre *parse(struct vars *, int, int, struct state *, struct state *);
|
||||
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ static const chr *scanplain(struct vars *);
|
||||
static void onechr(struct vars *, pchr, struct state *, struct state *);
|
||||
static void dovec(struct vars *, struct cvec *, struct state *, struct state *);
|
||||
static void wordchrs(struct vars *);
|
||||
static struct subre *subre(struct vars *, int, int, struct state *, struct state *);
|
||||
static struct subre *sub_re(struct vars *, int, int, struct state *, struct state *);
|
||||
static void freesubre(struct vars *, struct subre *);
|
||||
static void freesrnode(struct vars *, struct subre *);
|
||||
static int numst(struct subre *, int);
|
||||
@@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ struct vars {
|
||||
int cflags; /* copy of compile flags */
|
||||
int lasttype; /* type of previous token */
|
||||
int nexttype; /* type of next token */
|
||||
size_t nextvalue; /* value (if any) of next token */
|
||||
int nextvalue; /* value (if any) of next token */
|
||||
int lexcon; /* lexical context type (see lex.c) */
|
||||
size_t nsubexp; /* subexpression count */
|
||||
int nsubexp; /* subexpression count */
|
||||
struct subre **subs; /* subRE pointer vector */
|
||||
size_t nsubs; /* length of vector */
|
||||
int nsubs; /* length of vector */
|
||||
struct subre *sub10[10]; /* initial vector, enough for most */
|
||||
struct nfa *nfa; /* the NFA */
|
||||
struct colormap *cm; /* character color map */
|
||||
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ struct vars {
|
||||
struct cvec *cv; /* interface cvec */
|
||||
struct cvec *cv2; /* utility cvec */
|
||||
struct subre *lacons; /* lookahead-constraint vector */
|
||||
size_t nlacons; /* size of lacons */
|
||||
int nlacons; /* size of lacons */
|
||||
size_t spaceused; /* approx. space used for compilation */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ compile(
|
||||
{
|
||||
AllocVars(v);
|
||||
struct guts *g;
|
||||
size_t i, j;
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
FILE *debug = (flags®_PROGRESS) ? stdout : NULL;
|
||||
#define CNOERR() { if (ISERR()) return freev(v, v->err); }
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -338,6 +338,7 @@ compile(
|
||||
v->spaceused = 0;
|
||||
re->re_magic = REMAGIC;
|
||||
re->re_info = 0; /* bits get set during parse */
|
||||
re->re_csize = sizeof(chr);
|
||||
re->re_guts = NULL;
|
||||
re->re_fns = (void*)(&functions);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -410,7 +411,7 @@ compile(
|
||||
assert(v->nlacons == 0 || v->lacons != NULL);
|
||||
for (i = 1; i < v->nlacons; i++) {
|
||||
if (debug != NULL) {
|
||||
fprintf(debug, "\n\n\n========= LA%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "d ==========\n", i);
|
||||
fprintf(debug, "\n\n\n========= LA%d ==========\n", i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
nfanode(v, &v->lacons[i], debug);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -466,15 +467,15 @@ compile(
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
- moresubs - enlarge subRE vector
|
||||
^ static void moresubs(struct vars *, size_t);
|
||||
^ static void moresubs(struct vars *, int);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
moresubs(
|
||||
struct vars *v,
|
||||
size_t wanted) /* want enough room for this one */
|
||||
int wanted) /* want enough room for this one */
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct subre **p;
|
||||
size_t n;
|
||||
int n;
|
||||
|
||||
assert(wanted > 0 && wanted >= v->nsubs);
|
||||
n = wanted * 3 / 2 + 1;
|
||||
@@ -662,7 +663,7 @@ parse(
|
||||
|
||||
assert(stopper == ')' || stopper == EOS);
|
||||
|
||||
branches = subre(v, '|', LONGER, init, final);
|
||||
branches = sub_re(v, '|', LONGER, init, final);
|
||||
NOERRN();
|
||||
branch = branches;
|
||||
firstbranch = 1;
|
||||
@@ -672,7 +673,7 @@ parse(
|
||||
* Need a place to hang the branch.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
branch->right = subre(v, '|', LONGER, init, final);
|
||||
branch->right = sub_re(v, '|', LONGER, init, final);
|
||||
NOERRN();
|
||||
branch = branch->right;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -743,7 +744,7 @@ parsebranch(
|
||||
|
||||
lp = left;
|
||||
seencontent = 0;
|
||||
t = subre(v, '=', 0, left, right); /* op '=' is tentative */
|
||||
t = sub_re(v, '=', 0, left, right); /* op '=' is tentative */
|
||||
NOERRN();
|
||||
while (!SEE('|') && !SEE(stopper) && !SEE(EOS)) {
|
||||
if (seencontent) { /* implicit concat operator */
|
||||
@@ -794,7 +795,7 @@ parseqatom(
|
||||
struct subre *t;
|
||||
int cap; /* capturing parens? */
|
||||
int pos; /* positive lookahead? */
|
||||
size_t subno; /* capturing-parens or backref number */
|
||||
int subno; /* capturing-parens or backref number */
|
||||
int atomtype;
|
||||
int qprefer; /* quantifier short/long preference */
|
||||
int f;
|
||||
@@ -976,7 +977,7 @@ parseqatom(
|
||||
NOERR();
|
||||
if (cap) {
|
||||
v->subs[subno] = atom;
|
||||
t = subre(v, '(', atom->flags|CAP, lp, rp);
|
||||
t = sub_re(v, '(', atom->flags|CAP, lp, rp);
|
||||
NOERR();
|
||||
t->subno = subno;
|
||||
t->left = atom;
|
||||
@@ -994,7 +995,7 @@ parseqatom(
|
||||
INSIST(v->subs[v->nextvalue] != NULL, REG_ESUBREG);
|
||||
NOERR();
|
||||
assert(v->nextvalue > 0);
|
||||
atom = subre(v, 'b', BACKR, lp, rp);
|
||||
atom = sub_re(v, 'b', BACKR, lp, rp);
|
||||
NOERR();
|
||||
subno = v->nextvalue;
|
||||
atom->subno = subno;
|
||||
@@ -1109,7 +1110,7 @@ parseqatom(
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
if (atom == NULL) {
|
||||
atom = subre(v, '=', 0, lp, rp);
|
||||
atom = sub_re(v, '=', 0, lp, rp);
|
||||
NOERR();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1146,7 +1147,7 @@ parseqatom(
|
||||
* Break remaining subRE into x{...} and what follows.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
t = subre(v, '.', COMBINE(qprefer, atom->flags), lp, rp);
|
||||
t = sub_re(v, '.', COMBINE(qprefer, atom->flags), lp, rp);
|
||||
NOERR();
|
||||
t->left = atom;
|
||||
atomp = &t->left;
|
||||
@@ -1160,7 +1161,7 @@ parseqatom(
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
assert(top->op == '=' && top->left == NULL && top->right == NULL);
|
||||
top->left = subre(v, '=', top->flags, top->begin, lp);
|
||||
top->left = sub_re(v, '=', top->flags, top->begin, lp);
|
||||
NOERR();
|
||||
top->op = '.';
|
||||
top->right = t;
|
||||
@@ -1229,9 +1230,9 @@ parseqatom(
|
||||
assert(m >= 1 && m != DUPINF && n >= 1);
|
||||
repeat(v, s, atom->begin, m-1, (n == DUPINF) ? n : n-1);
|
||||
f = COMBINE(qprefer, atom->flags);
|
||||
t = subre(v, '.', f, s, atom->end); /* prefix and atom */
|
||||
t = sub_re(v, '.', f, s, atom->end); /* prefix and atom */
|
||||
NOERR();
|
||||
t->left = subre(v, '=', PREF(f), s, atom->begin);
|
||||
t->left = sub_re(v, '=', PREF(f), s, atom->begin);
|
||||
NOERR();
|
||||
t->right = atom;
|
||||
*atomp = t;
|
||||
@@ -1246,7 +1247,7 @@ parseqatom(
|
||||
dupnfa(v->nfa, atom->begin, atom->end, s, s2);
|
||||
repeat(v, s, s2, m, n);
|
||||
f = COMBINE(qprefer, atom->flags);
|
||||
t = subre(v, '*', f, s, s2);
|
||||
t = sub_re(v, '*', f, s, s2);
|
||||
NOERR();
|
||||
t->min = (short) m;
|
||||
t->max = (short) n;
|
||||
@@ -1264,7 +1265,7 @@ parseqatom(
|
||||
t->right = parsebranch(v, stopper, type, s2, rp, 1);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
EMPTYARC(s2, rp);
|
||||
t->right = subre(v, '=', 0, s2, rp);
|
||||
t->right = sub_re(v, '=', 0, s2, rp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
NOERR();
|
||||
assert(SEE('|') || SEE(stopper) || SEE(EOS));
|
||||
@@ -1716,12 +1717,12 @@ wordchrs(
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
- subre - allocate a subre
|
||||
^ static struct subre *subre(struct vars *, int, int, struct state *,
|
||||
- sub_re - allocate a subre
|
||||
^ static struct subre *sub_re(struct vars *, int, int, struct state *,
|
||||
^ struct state *);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static struct subre *
|
||||
subre(
|
||||
sub_re(
|
||||
struct vars *v,
|
||||
int op,
|
||||
int flags,
|
||||
@@ -2064,8 +2065,8 @@ dump(
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fprintf(f, "\n\n\n========= DUMP ==========\n");
|
||||
fprintf(f, "nsub %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "d, info 0%lo, ntree %d\n",
|
||||
re->re_nsub, re->re_info, g->ntree);
|
||||
fprintf(f, "nsub %d, info 0%lo, csize %d, ntree %d\n",
|
||||
(int) re->re_nsub, re->re_info, re->re_csize, g->ntree);
|
||||
|
||||
dumpcolors(&g->cmap, f);
|
||||
if (!NULLCNFA(g->search)) {
|
||||
|
||||
+7
-3
@@ -36,9 +36,9 @@
|
||||
* Overrides for regguts.h definitions, if any.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define MALLOC(n) Tcl_AttemptAlloc(n)
|
||||
#define FREE(p) Tcl_Free(p)
|
||||
#define REALLOC(p,n) Tcl_AttemptRealloc(p,n)
|
||||
#define MALLOC(n) (void*)(attemptckalloc(n))
|
||||
#define FREE(p) ckfree((void*)(p))
|
||||
#define REALLOC(p,n) (void*)(attemptckrealloc((void*)(p),n))
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Do not insert extras between the "begin" and "end" lines - this chunk is
|
||||
@@ -56,6 +56,9 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __REG_WIDE_EXEC
|
||||
#undef __REG_WIDE_EXEC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef __REG_REGOFF_T
|
||||
#undef __REG_REGOFF_T
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef __REG_NOFRONT
|
||||
#undef __REG_NOFRONT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -64,6 +67,7 @@
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Interface types */
|
||||
#define __REG_WIDE_T Tcl_UniChar
|
||||
#define __REG_REGOFF_T long /* Not really right, but good enough... */
|
||||
/* Names and declarations */
|
||||
#define __REG_WIDE_COMPILE TclReComp
|
||||
#define __REG_WIDE_EXEC TclReExec
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ regerror(
|
||||
if (r->code >= 0) {
|
||||
msg = r->name;
|
||||
} else { /* Unknown; tell him the number */
|
||||
sprintf(convbuf, "REG_%u", icode);
|
||||
sprintf(convbuf, "REG_%u", (unsigned)icode);
|
||||
msg = convbuf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
+19
-3
@@ -89,6 +89,9 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
#ifdef __REG_WIDE_EXEC
|
||||
#undef __REG_WIDE_EXEC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef __REG_REGOFF_T
|
||||
#undef __REG_REGOFF_T
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef __REG_NOFRONT
|
||||
#undef __REG_NOFRONT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -97,6 +100,7 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* interface types */
|
||||
#define __REG_WIDE_T Tcl_UniChar
|
||||
#define __REG_REGOFF_T long /* not really right, but good enough... */
|
||||
/* names and declarations */
|
||||
#define __REG_WIDE_COMPILE TclReComp
|
||||
#define __REG_WIDE_EXEC TclReExec
|
||||
@@ -110,6 +114,17 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
* interface types etc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* regoff_t has to be large enough to hold either off_t or ssize_t, and must
|
||||
* be signed; it's only a guess that long is suitable, so we offer
|
||||
* <sys/types.h> an override.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef __REG_REGOFF_T
|
||||
typedef __REG_REGOFF_T regoff_t;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef long regoff_t;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* other interface types
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@@ -117,8 +132,8 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
/* the biggie, a compiled RE (or rather, a front end to same) */
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
int re_magic; /* magic number */
|
||||
long re_info; /* information about RE */
|
||||
size_t re_nsub; /* number of subexpressions */
|
||||
long re_info; /* information about RE */
|
||||
#define REG_UBACKREF 000001
|
||||
#define REG_ULOOKAHEAD 000002
|
||||
#define REG_UBOUNDS 000004
|
||||
@@ -133,6 +148,7 @@ typedef struct {
|
||||
#define REG_UEMPTYMATCH 004000
|
||||
#define REG_UIMPOSSIBLE 010000
|
||||
#define REG_USHORTEST 020000
|
||||
int re_csize; /* sizeof(character) */
|
||||
char *re_endp; /* backward compatibility kludge */
|
||||
/* the rest is opaque pointers to hidden innards */
|
||||
void *re_guts;
|
||||
@@ -141,8 +157,8 @@ typedef struct {
|
||||
|
||||
/* result reporting (may acquire more fields later) */
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
size_t rm_so; /* start of substring */
|
||||
size_t rm_eo; /* end of substring */
|
||||
regoff_t rm_so; /* start of substring */
|
||||
regoff_t rm_eo; /* end of substring */
|
||||
} regmatch_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* supplementary control and reporting */
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -186,6 +186,10 @@ exec(
|
||||
FreeVars(v);
|
||||
return REG_INVARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (re->re_csize != sizeof(chr)) {
|
||||
FreeVars(v);
|
||||
return REG_MIXED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Setup.
|
||||
|
||||
+380
-441
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
+390
-158
@@ -48,15 +48,30 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
* tools/tcl.hpj.in (not patchlevel, for windows installer)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define TCL_MAJOR_VERSION 9
|
||||
#define TCL_MINOR_VERSION 0
|
||||
#define TCL_MAJOR_VERSION 8
|
||||
#define TCL_MINOR_VERSION 7
|
||||
#define TCL_RELEASE_LEVEL TCL_ALPHA_RELEASE
|
||||
#define TCL_RELEASE_SERIAL 2
|
||||
#define TCL_RELEASE_SERIAL 4
|
||||
|
||||
#define TCL_VERSION "9.0"
|
||||
#define TCL_PATCH_LEVEL "9.0a2"
|
||||
#define TCL_VERSION "8.7"
|
||||
#define TCL_PATCH_LEVEL "8.7a4"
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(RC_INVOKED)
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) || defined(RC_INVOKED)
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* The following definitions set up the proper options for Windows compilers.
|
||||
* We use this method because there is no autoconf equivalent.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
# ifndef __WIN32__
|
||||
# define __WIN32__
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef WIN32
|
||||
# define WIN32
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Utility macros: STRINGIFY takes an argument and wraps it in "" (double
|
||||
* quotation marks), JOIN joins two arguments.
|
||||
@@ -70,7 +85,11 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
# define JOIN(a,b) JOIN1(a,b)
|
||||
# define JOIN1(a,b) a##b
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* RC_INVOKED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCL_THREADS
|
||||
# define TCL_THREADS 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from
|
||||
@@ -101,11 +120,32 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Support for functions with a variable number of arguments.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following TCL_VARARGS* macros are to support old extensions
|
||||
* written for older versions of Tcl where the macros permitted
|
||||
* support for the varargs.h system as well as stdarg.h .
|
||||
*
|
||||
* New code should just directly be written to use stdarg.h conventions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
# define TCL_VARARGS(type, name) (type name, ...)
|
||||
# define TCL_VARARGS_DEF(type, name) (type name, ...)
|
||||
# define TCL_VARARGS_START(type, name, list) (va_start(list, name), name)
|
||||
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 2)
|
||||
# define TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(a,b) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, a, b)))
|
||||
# define TCL_NORETURN __attribute__ ((noreturn))
|
||||
# define TCL_NOINLINE __attribute__ ((noinline))
|
||||
# define TCL_NORETURN1 __attribute__ ((noreturn))
|
||||
# if defined(BUILD_tcl) || defined(BUILD_tk)
|
||||
# define TCL_NORETURN1 __attribute__ ((noreturn))
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define TCL_NORETURN1 /* nothing */
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(a,b)
|
||||
# if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1310)
|
||||
@@ -201,7 +241,33 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(CONST86) && !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The following _ANSI_ARGS_ macro is to support old extensions
|
||||
* written for older versions of Tcl where it permitted support
|
||||
* for compilers written in the pre-prototype era of C.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* New code should use prototypes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
# undef _ANSI_ARGS_
|
||||
# define _ANSI_ARGS_(x) x
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Definitions that allow this header file to be used either with or without
|
||||
* ANSI C features.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INLINE
|
||||
# define INLINE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef CONST
|
||||
# define CONST const
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef CONST86
|
||||
# define CONST86 const
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -219,11 +285,41 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
# define EXTERN extern TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* The following code is copied from winnt.h. If we don't replicate it here,
|
||||
* then <windows.h> can't be included after tcl.h, since tcl.h also defines
|
||||
* VOID. This block is skipped under Cygwin and Mingw.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID)
|
||||
#ifndef VOID
|
||||
#define VOID void
|
||||
typedef char CHAR;
|
||||
typedef short SHORT;
|
||||
typedef long LONG;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* _WIN32 && !HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Macro to use instead of "void" for arguments that must have type "void *"
|
||||
* in ANSI C; maps them to type "char *" in non-ANSI systems.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __VXWORKS__
|
||||
# define VOID void
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9 */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Miscellaneous declarations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void *ClientData;
|
||||
#ifndef _CLIENTDATA
|
||||
typedef void *ClientData;
|
||||
# define _CLIENTDATA
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Darwin specific configure overrides (to support fat compiles, where
|
||||
@@ -265,7 +361,7 @@ typedef void *ClientData;
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE)&&!defined(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG)
|
||||
# if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
# if defined(_WIN32) && (!defined(__USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO) || !__USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO)
|
||||
# define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE __int64
|
||||
# define TCL_LL_MODIFIER "I64"
|
||||
# if defined(_WIN64)
|
||||
@@ -308,7 +404,15 @@ typedef unsigned TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE Tcl_WideUInt;
|
||||
#define Tcl_DoubleAsWide(val) ((Tcl_WideInt)((double)(val)))
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
typedef struct __stat64 Tcl_StatBuf;
|
||||
# ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
||||
typedef struct stati64 Tcl_StatBuf;
|
||||
# elif defined(_WIN64) || defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T)
|
||||
typedef struct __stat64 Tcl_StatBuf;
|
||||
# elif (defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1400)) || defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T)
|
||||
typedef struct _stati64 Tcl_StatBuf;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
typedef struct _stat32i64 Tcl_StatBuf;
|
||||
# endif /* _MSC_VER < 1400 */
|
||||
#elif defined(__CYGWIN__)
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
dev_t st_dev;
|
||||
@@ -321,9 +425,10 @@ typedef unsigned TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE Tcl_WideUInt;
|
||||
dev_t st_rdev;
|
||||
/* Here is a 4-byte gap */
|
||||
long long st_size;
|
||||
struct {long long tv_sec;} st_atim;
|
||||
struct {long long tv_sec;} st_mtim;
|
||||
struct {long long tv_sec;} st_ctim;
|
||||
struct {long tv_sec;} st_atim;
|
||||
struct {long tv_sec;} st_mtim;
|
||||
struct {long tv_sec;} st_ctim;
|
||||
/* Here is a 4-byte gap */
|
||||
} Tcl_StatBuf;
|
||||
#elif defined(HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64) && !defined(__APPLE__)
|
||||
typedef struct stat64 Tcl_StatBuf;
|
||||
@@ -351,7 +456,17 @@ typedef unsigned TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE Tcl_WideUInt;
|
||||
* accessed with Tcl_GetObjResult() and Tcl_SetObjResult().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Interp Tcl_Interp;
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Interp
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* TIP #330: Strongly discourage extensions from using the string
|
||||
* result. */
|
||||
char *resultDontUse; /* Don't use in extensions! */
|
||||
void (*freeProcDontUse) (char *); /* Don't use in extensions! */
|
||||
int errorLineDontUse; /* Don't use in extensions! */
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
|
||||
Tcl_Interp;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_AsyncHandler_ *Tcl_AsyncHandler;
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Channel_ *Tcl_Channel;
|
||||
@@ -382,9 +497,9 @@ typedef struct Tcl_ZLibStream_ *Tcl_ZlibStream;
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32
|
||||
typedef unsigned (__stdcall Tcl_ThreadCreateProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef unsigned (__stdcall Tcl_ThreadCreateProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_ThreadCreateProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_ThreadCreateProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -450,18 +565,19 @@ typedef void (Tcl_ThreadCreateProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_RegExpIndices {
|
||||
size_t start; /* Character offset of first character in
|
||||
long start; /* Character offset of first character in
|
||||
* match. */
|
||||
size_t end; /* Character offset of first character after
|
||||
long end; /* Character offset of first character after
|
||||
* the match. */
|
||||
} Tcl_RegExpIndices;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_RegExpInfo {
|
||||
size_t nsubs; /* Number of subexpressions in the compiled
|
||||
int nsubs; /* Number of subexpressions in the compiled
|
||||
* expression. */
|
||||
Tcl_RegExpIndices *matches; /* Array of nsubs match offset pairs. */
|
||||
size_t extendStart; /* The offset at which a subsequent match
|
||||
long extendStart; /* The offset at which a subsequent match
|
||||
* might begin. */
|
||||
long reserved; /* Reserved for later use. */
|
||||
} Tcl_RegExpInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -499,6 +615,10 @@ typedef struct stat *Tcl_OldStat_;
|
||||
#define TCL_BREAK 3
|
||||
#define TCL_CONTINUE 4
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
#define TCL_RESULT_SIZE 200
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Flags to control what substitutions are performed by Tcl_SubstObj():
|
||||
@@ -509,6 +629,27 @@ typedef struct stat *Tcl_OldStat_;
|
||||
#define TCL_SUBST_BACKSLASHES 004
|
||||
#define TCL_SUBST_ALL 007
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Argument descriptors for math function callbacks in expressions:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
TCL_INT, TCL_DOUBLE, TCL_EITHER, TCL_WIDE_INT
|
||||
} Tcl_ValueType;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Value {
|
||||
Tcl_ValueType type; /* Indicates intValue or doubleValue is valid,
|
||||
* or both. */
|
||||
long intValue; /* Integer value. */
|
||||
double doubleValue; /* Double-precision floating value. */
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt wideValue; /* Wide (min. 64-bit) integer value. */
|
||||
} Tcl_Value;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define Tcl_ValueType void /* Just enough to prevent compilation error in Tcl */
|
||||
#define Tcl_Value void /* Just enough to prevent compilation error in Tcl */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Forward declaration of Tcl_Obj to prevent an error when the forward
|
||||
* reference to Tcl_Obj is encountered in the function types declared below.
|
||||
@@ -522,60 +663,62 @@ struct Tcl_Obj;
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_AppInitProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_AsyncProc) (void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_AsyncProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int code);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_ChannelProc) (void *clientData, int mask);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CloseProc) (void *data);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CmdDeleteProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_CmdProc) (void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_ChannelProc) (ClientData clientData, int mask);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CloseProc) (ClientData data);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CmdDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_CmdProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int argc, const char *argv[]);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CmdTraceProc) (void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CmdTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int level, char *command, Tcl_CmdProc *proc,
|
||||
void *cmdClientData, int argc, const char *argv[]);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_CmdObjTraceProc) (void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
ClientData cmdClientData, int argc, const char *argv[]);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_CmdObjTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int level, const char *command, Tcl_Command commandInfo, int objc,
|
||||
struct Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_DupInternalRepProc) (struct Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,
|
||||
struct Tcl_Obj *dupPtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_EncodingConvertProc) (void *clientData, const char *src,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_EncodingConvertProc) (ClientData clientData, const char *src,
|
||||
int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr, char *dst,
|
||||
int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
|
||||
#define Tcl_EncodingFreeProc Tcl_FreeProc
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_EncodingFreeProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_EventProc) (Tcl_Event *evPtr, int flags);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_EventCheckProc) (void *clientData, int flags);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_EventDeleteProc) (Tcl_Event *evPtr, void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_EventSetupProc) (void *clientData, int flags);
|
||||
#define Tcl_ExitProc Tcl_FreeProc
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FileProc) (void *clientData, int mask);
|
||||
#define Tcl_FileFreeProc Tcl_FreeProc
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_EventCheckProc) (ClientData clientData, int flags);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_EventDeleteProc) (Tcl_Event *evPtr, ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_EventSetupProc) (ClientData clientData, int flags);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_ExitProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FileProc) (ClientData clientData, int mask);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FileFreeProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FreeInternalRepProc) (struct Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FreeProc) (void *blockPtr);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_IdleProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_InterpDeleteProc) (void *clientData,
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FreeProc) (char *blockPtr);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_IdleProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_InterpDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_NamespaceDeleteProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_ObjCmdProc) (void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_MathProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
Tcl_Value *args, Tcl_Value *resultPtr);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_NamespaceDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_ObjCmdProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int objc, struct Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_PackageInitProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_PackageUnloadProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int flags);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_PanicProc) (const char *format, ...);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_TcpAcceptProc) (void *callbackData, Tcl_Channel chan,
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_TcpAcceptProc) (ClientData callbackData, Tcl_Channel chan,
|
||||
char *address, int port);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_TimerProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_TimerProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_SetFromAnyProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, struct Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_UpdateStringProc) (struct Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
|
||||
typedef char * (Tcl_VarTraceProc) (void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
typedef char * (Tcl_VarTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CommandTraceProc) (void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CommandTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
const char *oldName, const char *newName, int flags);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CreateFileHandlerProc) (int fd, int mask, Tcl_FileProc *proc,
|
||||
void *clientData);
|
||||
ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_DeleteFileHandlerProc) (int fd);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_AlertNotifierProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_AlertNotifierProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_ServiceModeHookProc) (int mode);
|
||||
typedef void *(Tcl_InitNotifierProc) (void);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FinalizeNotifierProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef ClientData (Tcl_InitNotifierProc) (void);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FinalizeNotifierProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_MainLoopProc) (void);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -633,19 +776,19 @@ typedef union Tcl_ObjIntRep { /* The internal representation: */
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Obj {
|
||||
size_t refCount; /* When 0 the object will be freed. */
|
||||
int refCount; /* When 0 the object will be freed. */
|
||||
char *bytes; /* This points to the first byte of the
|
||||
* object's string representation. The array
|
||||
* must be followed by a null byte (i.e., at
|
||||
* offset length) but may also contain
|
||||
* embedded null characters. The array's
|
||||
* storage is allocated by Tcl_Alloc. NULL means
|
||||
* storage is allocated by ckalloc. NULL means
|
||||
* the string rep is invalid and must be
|
||||
* regenerated from the internal rep. Clients
|
||||
* should use Tcl_GetStringFromObj or
|
||||
* Tcl_GetString to get a pointer to the byte
|
||||
* array as a readonly value. */
|
||||
size_t length; /* The number of bytes at *bytes, not
|
||||
int length; /* The number of bytes at *bytes, not
|
||||
* including the terminating null. */
|
||||
const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr; /* Denotes the object's type. Always
|
||||
* corresponds to the type of the object's
|
||||
@@ -657,11 +800,20 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Obj {
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* The following type contains the state needed by Tcl_SaveResult. It
|
||||
* is typically allocated on the stack.
|
||||
* The following structure contains the state needed by Tcl_SaveResult. No-one
|
||||
* outside of Tcl should access any of these fields. This structure is
|
||||
* typically allocated on the stack.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef Tcl_Obj *Tcl_SavedResult;
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_SavedResult {
|
||||
char *result;
|
||||
Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc;
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *objResultPtr;
|
||||
char *appendResult;
|
||||
int appendAvl;
|
||||
int appendUsed;
|
||||
char resultSpace[200+1];
|
||||
} Tcl_SavedResult;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -677,7 +829,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Namespace {
|
||||
* is an synonym. */
|
||||
char *fullName; /* The namespace's fully qualified name. This
|
||||
* starts with ::. */
|
||||
void *clientData; /* Arbitrary value associated with this
|
||||
ClientData clientData; /* Arbitrary value associated with this
|
||||
* namespace. */
|
||||
Tcl_NamespaceDeleteProc *deleteProc;
|
||||
/* Function invoked when deleting the
|
||||
@@ -749,13 +901,13 @@ typedef struct Tcl_CmdInfo {
|
||||
* Tcl_SetCmdInfo does not modify this
|
||||
* field. */
|
||||
Tcl_ObjCmdProc *objProc; /* Command's object-based function. */
|
||||
void *objClientData; /* ClientData for object proc. */
|
||||
ClientData objClientData; /* ClientData for object proc. */
|
||||
Tcl_CmdProc *proc; /* Command's string-based function. */
|
||||
void *clientData; /* ClientData for string proc. */
|
||||
ClientData clientData; /* ClientData for string proc. */
|
||||
Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call when command is
|
||||
* deleted. */
|
||||
void *deleteData; /* Value to pass to deleteProc (usually the
|
||||
ClientData deleteData; /* Value to pass to deleteProc (usually the
|
||||
* same as clientData). */
|
||||
Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr;/* Points to the namespace that contains this
|
||||
* command. Note that Tcl_SetCmdInfo will not
|
||||
@@ -775,9 +927,9 @@ typedef struct Tcl_CmdInfo {
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_DString {
|
||||
char *string; /* Points to beginning of string: either
|
||||
* staticSpace below or a malloced array. */
|
||||
size_t length; /* Number of non-NULL characters in the
|
||||
int length; /* Number of non-NULL characters in the
|
||||
* string. */
|
||||
size_t spaceAvl; /* Total number of bytes available for the
|
||||
int spaceAvl; /* Total number of bytes available for the
|
||||
* string and its terminating NULL char. */
|
||||
char staticSpace[TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE];
|
||||
/* Space to use in common case where string is
|
||||
@@ -786,11 +938,14 @@ typedef struct Tcl_DString {
|
||||
|
||||
#define Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr) ((dsPtr)->length)
|
||||
#define Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) ((dsPtr)->string)
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
# define Tcl_DStringTrunc Tcl_DStringSetLength
|
||||
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Definitions for the maximum number of digits of precision that may be
|
||||
* produced by Tcl_PrintDouble, and the number of bytes of buffer space
|
||||
* required by Tcl_PrintDouble.
|
||||
* specified in the "tcl_precision" variable, and the number of bytes of
|
||||
* buffer space required by Tcl_PrintDouble.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define TCL_MAX_PREC 17
|
||||
@@ -880,6 +1035,10 @@ typedef struct Tcl_DString {
|
||||
#define TCL_TRACE_UNSETS 0x40
|
||||
#define TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED 0x80
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
#define TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED 0x100
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG 0x200
|
||||
#define TCL_TRACE_ARRAY 0x800
|
||||
#ifndef TCL_REMOVE_OBSOLETE_TRACES
|
||||
@@ -907,6 +1066,17 @@ typedef struct Tcl_DString {
|
||||
|
||||
#define TCL_ALLOW_INLINE_COMPILATION 0x20000
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The TCL_PARSE_PART1 flag is deprecated and has no effect. The part1 is now
|
||||
* always parsed whenever the part2 is NULL. (This is to avoid a common error
|
||||
* when converting code to use the new object based APIs and forgetting to
|
||||
* give the flag)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
# define TCL_PARSE_PART1 0x400
|
||||
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Types for linked variables:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@@ -940,7 +1110,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_DString {
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCL_HASH_TYPE
|
||||
# define TCL_HASH_TYPE size_t
|
||||
# define TCL_HASH_TYPE unsigned
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_HashKeyType Tcl_HashKeyType;
|
||||
@@ -962,8 +1132,10 @@ struct Tcl_HashEntry {
|
||||
Tcl_HashEntry *nextPtr; /* Pointer to next entry in this hash bucket,
|
||||
* or NULL for end of chain. */
|
||||
Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr; /* Pointer to table containing entry. */
|
||||
size_t hash; /* Hash value. */
|
||||
void *clientData; /* Application stores something here with
|
||||
void *hash; /* Hash value, stored as pointer to ensure
|
||||
* that the offsets of the fields in this
|
||||
* structure are not changed. */
|
||||
ClientData clientData; /* Application stores something here with
|
||||
* Tcl_SetHashValue. */
|
||||
union { /* Key has one of these forms: */
|
||||
char *oneWordValue; /* One-word value for key. */
|
||||
@@ -1051,16 +1223,16 @@ struct Tcl_HashTable {
|
||||
Tcl_HashEntry *staticBuckets[TCL_SMALL_HASH_TABLE];
|
||||
/* Bucket array used for small tables (to
|
||||
* avoid mallocs and frees). */
|
||||
size_t numBuckets; /* Total number of buckets allocated at
|
||||
int numBuckets; /* Total number of buckets allocated at
|
||||
* **bucketPtr. */
|
||||
size_t numEntries; /* Total number of entries present in
|
||||
int numEntries; /* Total number of entries present in
|
||||
* table. */
|
||||
size_t rebuildSize; /* Enlarge table when numEntries gets to be
|
||||
int rebuildSize; /* Enlarge table when numEntries gets to be
|
||||
* this large. */
|
||||
size_t mask; /* Mask value used in hashing function. */
|
||||
int downShift; /* Shift count used in hashing function.
|
||||
* Designed to use high-order bits of
|
||||
* randomized keys. */
|
||||
int mask; /* Mask value used in hashing function. */
|
||||
int keyType; /* Type of keys used in this table. It's
|
||||
* either TCL_CUSTOM_KEYS, TCL_STRING_KEYS,
|
||||
* TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS, or an integer giving the
|
||||
@@ -1081,7 +1253,7 @@ struct Tcl_HashTable {
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_HashSearch {
|
||||
Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr; /* Table being searched. */
|
||||
size_t nextIndex; /* Index of next bucket to be enumerated after
|
||||
int nextIndex; /* Index of next bucket to be enumerated after
|
||||
* present one. */
|
||||
Tcl_HashEntry *nextEntryPtr;/* Next entry to be enumerated in the current
|
||||
* bucket. */
|
||||
@@ -1122,7 +1294,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_HashSearch {
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
void *next; /* Search position for underlying hash
|
||||
* table. */
|
||||
size_t epoch; /* Epoch marker for dictionary being searched,
|
||||
unsigned int epoch; /* Epoch marker for dictionary being searched,
|
||||
* or 0 if search has terminated. */
|
||||
Tcl_Dict dictionaryPtr; /* Reference to dictionary being searched. */
|
||||
} Tcl_DictSearch;
|
||||
@@ -1181,15 +1353,15 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Time {
|
||||
long usec; /* Microseconds. */
|
||||
} Tcl_Time;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_SetTimerProc) (const Tcl_Time *timePtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_WaitForEventProc) (const Tcl_Time *timePtr);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_SetTimerProc) (CONST86 Tcl_Time *timePtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_WaitForEventProc) (CONST86 Tcl_Time *timePtr);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TIP #233 (Virtualized Time)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_GetTimeProc) (Tcl_Time *timebuf, void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_ScaleTimeProc) (Tcl_Time *timebuf, void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_GetTimeProc) (Tcl_Time *timebuf, ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_ScaleTimeProc) (Tcl_Time *timebuf, ClientData clientData);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -1225,12 +1397,18 @@ typedef void (Tcl_ScaleTimeProc) (Tcl_Time *timebuf, void *clientData);
|
||||
* interface.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define TCL_CLOSE2PROC NULL
|
||||
#define TCL_CLOSE2PROC ((Tcl_DriverCloseProc *) 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Channel version tag. This was introduced in 8.3.2/8.4.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
|
||||
#define TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_1 ((Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion) 0x1)
|
||||
#define TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2 ((Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion) 0x2)
|
||||
#define TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3 ((Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion) 0x3)
|
||||
#define TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4 ((Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion) 0x4)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5 ((Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion) 0x5)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -1244,38 +1422,40 @@ typedef void (Tcl_ScaleTimeProc) (Tcl_Time *timebuf, void *clientData);
|
||||
* Typedefs for the various operations in a channel type:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc) (void *instanceData, int mode);
|
||||
typedef void Tcl_DriverCloseProc;
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverClose2Proc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc) (ClientData instanceData, int mode);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverCloseProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverClose2Proc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int flags);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverInputProc) (void *instanceData, char *buf,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverInputProc) (ClientData instanceData, char *buf,
|
||||
int toRead, int *errorCodePtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverOutputProc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverOutputProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
const char *buf, int toWrite, int *errorCodePtr);
|
||||
typedef void Tcl_DriverSeekProc;
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverSeekProc) (ClientData instanceData, long offset,
|
||||
int mode, int *errorCodePtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *optionName,
|
||||
const char *value);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *optionName,
|
||||
Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_DriverWatchProc) (void *instanceData, int mask);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
int direction, void **handlePtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverFlushProc) (void *instanceData);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverHandlerProc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_DriverWatchProc) (ClientData instanceData, int mask);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
int direction, ClientData *handlePtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverFlushProc) (ClientData instanceData);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverHandlerProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
int interestMask);
|
||||
typedef Tcl_WideInt (Tcl_DriverWideSeekProc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
typedef Tcl_WideInt (Tcl_DriverWideSeekProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt offset, int mode, int *errorCodePtr);
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TIP #218, Channel Thread Actions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_DriverThreadActionProc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_DriverThreadActionProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
int action);
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TIP #208, File Truncation (etc.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverTruncateProc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverTruncateProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt length);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -1295,14 +1475,17 @@ typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
|
||||
* type. */
|
||||
Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion version;
|
||||
/* Version of the channel type. */
|
||||
void *closeProc;
|
||||
/* Not used any more. */
|
||||
Tcl_DriverCloseProc *closeProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call to close the channel, or
|
||||
* NULL or TCL_CLOSE2PROC if the close2Proc should be
|
||||
* used instead. */
|
||||
Tcl_DriverInputProc *inputProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call for input on channel. */
|
||||
Tcl_DriverOutputProc *outputProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call for output on channel. */
|
||||
void *seekProc;
|
||||
/* Not used any more. */
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSeekProc *seekProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call to seek on the channel.
|
||||
* May be NULL. */
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc *setOptionProc;
|
||||
/* Set an option on a channel. */
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc *getOptionProc;
|
||||
@@ -1320,6 +1503,9 @@ typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
|
||||
Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *blockModeProc;
|
||||
/* Set blocking mode for the raw channel. May
|
||||
* be NULL. */
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Only valid in TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2 channels or later.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Tcl_DriverFlushProc *flushProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call to flush a channel. May be
|
||||
* NULL. */
|
||||
@@ -1327,15 +1513,26 @@ typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
|
||||
/* Function to call to handle a channel event.
|
||||
* This will be passed up the stacked channel
|
||||
* chain. */
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Only valid in TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3 channels or later.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Tcl_DriverWideSeekProc *wideSeekProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call to seek on the channel
|
||||
* which can handle 64-bit offsets. May be
|
||||
* NULL, and must be NULL if seekProc is
|
||||
* NULL. */
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Only valid in TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4 channels or later.
|
||||
* TIP #218, Channel Thread Actions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Tcl_DriverThreadActionProc *threadActionProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call to notify the driver of
|
||||
* thread specific activity for a channel. May
|
||||
* be NULL. */
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Only valid in TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5 channels or later.
|
||||
* TIP #208, File Truncation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Tcl_DriverTruncateProc *truncateProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call to truncate the underlying
|
||||
* file to a particular length. May be NULL if
|
||||
@@ -1431,7 +1628,7 @@ typedef int (Tcl_FSNormalizePathProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
|
||||
int nextCheckpoint);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_FSFileAttrsGetProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int index,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, Tcl_Obj **objPtrRef);
|
||||
typedef const char *const * (Tcl_FSFileAttrStringsProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
|
||||
typedef const char *CONST86 * (Tcl_FSFileAttrStringsProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj **objPtrRef);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_FSFileAttrsSetProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int index,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
|
||||
@@ -1440,13 +1637,13 @@ typedef Tcl_Obj * (Tcl_FSLinkProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, Tcl_Obj *toPtr,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_FSLoadFileProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
|
||||
Tcl_LoadHandle *handlePtr, Tcl_FSUnloadFileProc **unloadProcPtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_FSPathInFilesystemProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
|
||||
void **clientDataPtr);
|
||||
ClientData *clientDataPtr);
|
||||
typedef Tcl_Obj * (Tcl_FSFilesystemPathTypeProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr);
|
||||
typedef Tcl_Obj * (Tcl_FSFilesystemSeparatorProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr);
|
||||
#define Tcl_FSFreeInternalRepProc Tcl_FreeProc
|
||||
typedef void *(Tcl_FSDupInternalRepProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef Tcl_Obj * (Tcl_FSInternalToNormalizedProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void *(Tcl_FSCreateInternalRepProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FSFreeInternalRepProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef ClientData (Tcl_FSDupInternalRepProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef Tcl_Obj * (Tcl_FSInternalToNormalizedProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef ClientData (Tcl_FSCreateInternalRepProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_FSVersion_ *Tcl_FSVersion;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1476,7 +1673,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_FSVersion_ *Tcl_FSVersion;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Filesystem {
|
||||
const char *typeName; /* The name of the filesystem. */
|
||||
size_t structureLength; /* Length of this structure, so future binary
|
||||
int structureLength; /* Length of this structure, so future binary
|
||||
* compatibility can be assured. */
|
||||
Tcl_FSVersion version; /* Version of the filesystem type. */
|
||||
Tcl_FSPathInFilesystemProc *pathInFilesystemProc;
|
||||
@@ -1638,8 +1835,8 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Token {
|
||||
int type; /* Type of token, such as TCL_TOKEN_WORD; see
|
||||
* below for valid types. */
|
||||
const char *start; /* First character in token. */
|
||||
size_t size; /* Number of bytes in token. */
|
||||
size_t numComponents; /* If this token is composed of other tokens,
|
||||
int size; /* Number of bytes in token. */
|
||||
int numComponents; /* If this token is composed of other tokens,
|
||||
* this field tells how many of them there are
|
||||
* (including components of components, etc.).
|
||||
* The component tokens immediately follow
|
||||
@@ -1705,7 +1902,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Token {
|
||||
* TCL_TOKEN_OPERATOR - The token describes one expression operator.
|
||||
* An operator might be the name of a math
|
||||
* function such as "abs". A TCL_TOKEN_OPERATOR
|
||||
* token is always preceeded by one
|
||||
* token is always preceded by one
|
||||
* TCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR token for the operator's
|
||||
* subexpression, and is followed by zero or more
|
||||
* TCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR tokens for the operator's
|
||||
@@ -1753,7 +1950,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Token {
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Parse {
|
||||
const char *commentStart; /* Pointer to # that begins the first of one
|
||||
* or more comments preceding the command. */
|
||||
size_t commentSize; /* Number of bytes in comments (up through
|
||||
int commentSize; /* Number of bytes in comments (up through
|
||||
* newline character that terminates the last
|
||||
* comment). If there were no comments, this
|
||||
* field is 0. */
|
||||
@@ -1821,10 +2018,10 @@ typedef struct Tcl_EncodingType {
|
||||
Tcl_EncodingConvertProc *fromUtfProc;
|
||||
/* Function to convert from UTF-8 into
|
||||
* external encoding. */
|
||||
Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc;
|
||||
Tcl_EncodingFreeProc *freeProc;
|
||||
/* If non-NULL, function to call when this
|
||||
* encoding is deleted. */
|
||||
void *clientData; /* Arbitrary value associated with encoding
|
||||
ClientData clientData; /* Arbitrary value associated with encoding
|
||||
* type. Passed to conversion functions. */
|
||||
int nullSize; /* Number of zero bytes that signify
|
||||
* end-of-string in this encoding. This number
|
||||
@@ -1919,14 +2116,14 @@ typedef struct Tcl_EncodingType {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The maximum number of bytes that are necessary to represent a single
|
||||
* Unicode character in UTF-8. The valid values are 3 and 4
|
||||
* (or perhaps 1 if we want to support a non-unicode enabled core). If > 3,
|
||||
* then Tcl_UniChar must be 4-bytes in size (UCS-4) (the default). If == 3,
|
||||
* then Tcl_UniChar must be 2-bytes in size (UTF-16). Since Tcl 9.0, UCS-4
|
||||
* mode is the default and recommended mode.
|
||||
* (or perhaps 1 if we want to support a non-unicode enabled core). If 3,
|
||||
* then Tcl_UniChar must be 2-bytes in size (UTF-16) (the default). If > 3,
|
||||
* then Tcl_UniChar must be 4-bytes in size (UCS-4). At this time UTF-16 mode
|
||||
* is the default and recommended mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCL_UTF_MAX
|
||||
#define TCL_UTF_MAX 4
|
||||
#define TCL_UTF_MAX 3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -1972,8 +2169,8 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Config {
|
||||
* command- or time-limit is exceeded by an interpreter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_LimitHandlerProc) (void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_LimitHandlerProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -2011,7 +2208,7 @@ typedef struct {
|
||||
* depends on type.*/
|
||||
const char *helpStr; /* Documentation message describing this
|
||||
* option. */
|
||||
void *clientData; /* Word to pass to function callbacks. */
|
||||
ClientData clientData; /* Word to pass to function callbacks. */
|
||||
} Tcl_ArgvInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -2034,9 +2231,9 @@ typedef struct {
|
||||
* argument types:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_ArgvFuncProc)(void *clientData, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_ArgvFuncProc)(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
|
||||
void *dstPtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_ArgvGenFuncProc)(void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_ArgvGenFuncProc)(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv, void *dstPtr);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -2109,19 +2306,19 @@ typedef int (Tcl_ArgvGenFuncProc)(void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
#define TCL_TCPSERVER_REUSEPORT (1<<1)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Constants for special size_t-typed values, see TIP #494
|
||||
* Constants for special int-typed values, see TIP #494
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define TCL_IO_FAILURE ((size_t)-1)
|
||||
#define TCL_AUTO_LENGTH ((size_t)-1)
|
||||
#define TCL_INDEX_NONE ((size_t)-1)
|
||||
#define TCL_IO_FAILURE (-1)
|
||||
#define TCL_AUTO_LENGTH (-1)
|
||||
#define TCL_INDEX_NONE (-1)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Single public declaration for NRE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_NRPostProc) (void *data[], Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_NRPostProc) (ClientData data[], Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int result);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -2130,7 +2327,7 @@ typedef int (Tcl_NRPostProc) (void *data[], Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
* stubs tables.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define TCL_STUB_MAGIC ((int) 0xFCA3BACB + (int) sizeof(void *))
|
||||
#define TCL_STUB_MAGIC ((int) 0xFCA3BACF)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The following function is required to be defined in all stubs aware
|
||||
@@ -2144,9 +2341,9 @@ const char * Tcl_InitStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
|
||||
const char * TclTomMathInitializeStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
const char *version, int epoch, int revision);
|
||||
#if defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
TCL_NORETURN1 void Tcl_ConsolePanic(const char *format, ...);
|
||||
TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_ConsolePanic(const char *format, ...);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define Tcl_ConsolePanic NULL
|
||||
# define Tcl_ConsolePanic ((Tcl_PanicProc *)0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
|
||||
@@ -2180,20 +2377,12 @@ const char * TclTomMathInitializeStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
|
||||
#define Tcl_Main(argc, argv, proc) Tcl_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, \
|
||||
((Tcl_SetPanicProc(Tcl_ConsolePanic), Tcl_CreateInterp)()))
|
||||
EXTERN TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_MainEx(int argc, char **argv,
|
||||
EXTERN void Tcl_MainEx(int argc, char **argv,
|
||||
Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
|
||||
EXTERN const char * Tcl_PkgInitStubsCheck(Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
const char *version, int exact);
|
||||
EXTERN void Tcl_InitSubsystems(void);
|
||||
EXTERN void Tcl_GetMemoryInfo(Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
|
||||
EXTERN void Tcl_FindExecutable(const char *argv0);
|
||||
EXTERN void Tcl_SetPanicProc(
|
||||
TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc);
|
||||
EXTERN void Tcl_StaticPackage(Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
const char *pkgName,
|
||||
Tcl_PackageInitProc *initProc,
|
||||
Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc);
|
||||
EXTERN Tcl_ExitProc *Tcl_SetExitProc(TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_ExitProc *proc);
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
EXTERN int TclZipfs_AppHook(int *argc, wchar_t ***argv);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
@@ -2223,26 +2412,25 @@ EXTERN int TclZipfs_AppHook(int *argc, char ***argv);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* The following declarations map ckalloc and ckfree to Tcl_Alloc and
|
||||
* Tcl_Free for use in Tcl-8.x-compatible extensions.
|
||||
* The following declarations either map ckalloc and ckfree to malloc and
|
||||
* free, or they map them to functions with all sorts of debugging hooks
|
||||
* defined in tclCkalloc.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef BUILD_tcl
|
||||
# define ckalloc Tcl_Alloc
|
||||
# define attemptckalloc Tcl_AttemptAlloc
|
||||
# ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
/* Silence invalid C4090 warnings */
|
||||
# define ckfree(a) Tcl_Free((char *)(a))
|
||||
# define ckrealloc(a,b) Tcl_Realloc((char *)(a),(b))
|
||||
# define attemptckrealloc(a,b) Tcl_AttemptRealloc((char *)(a),(b))
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define ckfree Tcl_Free
|
||||
# define ckrealloc Tcl_Realloc
|
||||
# define attemptckrealloc Tcl_AttemptRealloc
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
|
||||
# define ckalloc(x) \
|
||||
((void *) Tcl_DbCkalloc((unsigned)(x), __FILE__, __LINE__))
|
||||
# define ckfree(x) \
|
||||
Tcl_DbCkfree((char *)(x), __FILE__, __LINE__)
|
||||
# define ckrealloc(x,y) \
|
||||
((void *) Tcl_DbCkrealloc((char *)(x), (unsigned)(y), __FILE__, __LINE__))
|
||||
# define attemptckalloc(x) \
|
||||
((void *) Tcl_AttemptDbCkalloc((unsigned)(x), __FILE__, __LINE__))
|
||||
# define attemptckrealloc(x,y) \
|
||||
((void *) Tcl_AttemptDbCkrealloc((char *)(x), (unsigned)(y), __FILE__, __LINE__))
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* !TCL_MEM_DEBUG */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* If we are not using the debugging allocator, we should call the Tcl_Alloc,
|
||||
@@ -2250,6 +2438,16 @@ EXTERN int TclZipfs_AppHook(int *argc, char ***argv);
|
||||
* memory allocator both inside and outside of the Tcl library.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
# define ckalloc(x) \
|
||||
((void *) Tcl_Alloc((unsigned)(x)))
|
||||
# define ckfree(x) \
|
||||
Tcl_Free((char *)(x))
|
||||
# define ckrealloc(x,y) \
|
||||
((void *) Tcl_Realloc((char *)(x), (unsigned)(y)))
|
||||
# define attemptckalloc(x) \
|
||||
((void *) Tcl_AttemptAlloc((unsigned)(x)))
|
||||
# define attemptckrealloc(x,y) \
|
||||
((void *) Tcl_AttemptRealloc((char *)(x), (unsigned)(y)))
|
||||
# undef Tcl_InitMemory
|
||||
# define Tcl_InitMemory(x)
|
||||
# undef Tcl_DumpActiveMemory
|
||||
@@ -2329,7 +2527,7 @@ EXTERN int TclZipfs_AppHook(int *argc, char ***argv);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define Tcl_GetHashValue(h) ((h)->clientData)
|
||||
#define Tcl_SetHashValue(h, value) ((h)->clientData = (void *) (value))
|
||||
#define Tcl_SetHashValue(h, value) ((h)->clientData = (ClientData) (value))
|
||||
#define Tcl_GetHashKey(tablePtr, h) \
|
||||
((void *) (((tablePtr)->keyType == TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS || \
|
||||
(tablePtr)->keyType == TCL_CUSTOM_PTR_KEYS) \
|
||||
@@ -2341,11 +2539,45 @@ EXTERN int TclZipfs_AppHook(int *argc, char ***argv);
|
||||
* hash tables:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#undef Tcl_FindHashEntry
|
||||
#define Tcl_FindHashEntry(tablePtr, key) \
|
||||
(*((tablePtr)->findProc))(tablePtr, (const char *)(key))
|
||||
#undef Tcl_CreateHashEntry
|
||||
#define Tcl_CreateHashEntry(tablePtr, key, newPtr) \
|
||||
(*((tablePtr)->createProc))(tablePtr, (const char *)(key), newPtr)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Deprecated Tcl functions:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* These function have been renamed. The old names are deprecated, but we
|
||||
* define these macros for backwards compatibility.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
# define Tcl_Ckalloc Tcl_Alloc
|
||||
# define Tcl_Ckfree Tcl_Free
|
||||
# define Tcl_Ckrealloc Tcl_Realloc
|
||||
# define Tcl_Return Tcl_SetResult
|
||||
# define Tcl_TildeSubst Tcl_TranslateFileName
|
||||
#if !defined(__APPLE__) /* On OSX, there is a conflict with "mach/mach.h" */
|
||||
# define panic Tcl_Panic
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
# define panicVA Tcl_PanicVA
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Convenience declaration of Tcl_AppInit for backwards compatibility. This
|
||||
* function is not *implemented* by the tcl library, so the storage class is
|
||||
* neither DLLEXPORT nor DLLIMPORT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern Tcl_AppInitProc Tcl_AppInit;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* RC_INVOKED */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
+11
-12
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
|
||||
#include "tclInt.h"
|
||||
#if !TCL_THREADS || !defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_TCLALLOC
|
||||
#if defined(USE_TCLALLOC) && USE_TCLALLOC
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* We should really make use of AC_CHECK_TYPE(caddr_t) here, but it can wait
|
||||
@@ -251,11 +251,11 @@ TclFinalizeAllocSubsystem(void)
|
||||
|
||||
void *
|
||||
TclpAlloc(
|
||||
size_t numBytes) /* Number of bytes to allocate. */
|
||||
unsigned int numBytes) /* Number of bytes to allocate. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
union overhead *overPtr;
|
||||
size_t bucket;
|
||||
size_t amount;
|
||||
unsigned amount;
|
||||
struct block *bigBlockPtr = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!allocInit) {
|
||||
@@ -274,8 +274,8 @@ TclpAlloc(
|
||||
|
||||
if (numBytes >= MAXMALLOC - OVERHEAD) {
|
||||
if (numBytes <= UINT_MAX - OVERHEAD -sizeof(struct block)) {
|
||||
bigBlockPtr = TclpSysAlloc(
|
||||
sizeof(struct block) + OVERHEAD + numBytes);
|
||||
bigBlockPtr = (struct block *) TclpSysAlloc(
|
||||
sizeof(struct block) + OVERHEAD + numBytes, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (bigBlockPtr == NULL) {
|
||||
Tcl_MutexUnlock(allocMutexPtr);
|
||||
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ TclpAlloc(
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
Tcl_MutexUnlock(allocMutexPtr);
|
||||
return (void *)(overPtr+1);
|
||||
return (char *)(overPtr+1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -405,7 +405,8 @@ MoreCore(
|
||||
numBlocks = amount / size;
|
||||
ASSERT(numBlocks*size == amount);
|
||||
|
||||
blockPtr = TclpSysAlloc(sizeof(struct block) + amount);
|
||||
blockPtr = (struct block *) TclpSysAlloc(
|
||||
(sizeof(struct block) + amount), 1);
|
||||
/* no more room! */
|
||||
if (blockPtr == NULL) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
@@ -511,7 +512,7 @@ TclpFree(
|
||||
void *
|
||||
TclpRealloc(
|
||||
void *oldPtr, /* Pointer to alloced block. */
|
||||
size_t numBytes) /* New size of memory. */
|
||||
unsigned int numBytes) /* New size of memory. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
union overhead *overPtr;
|
||||
@@ -691,10 +692,9 @@ mstats(
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#undef TclpAlloc
|
||||
void *
|
||||
TclpAlloc(
|
||||
size_t numBytes) /* Number of bytes to allocate. */
|
||||
unsigned int numBytes) /* Number of bytes to allocate. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
return malloc(numBytes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -715,7 +715,6 @@ TclpAlloc(
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#undef TclpFree
|
||||
void
|
||||
TclpFree(
|
||||
void *oldPtr) /* Pointer to memory to free. */
|
||||
@@ -743,7 +742,7 @@ TclpFree(
|
||||
void *
|
||||
TclpRealloc(
|
||||
void *oldPtr, /* Pointer to alloced block. */
|
||||
size_t numBytes) /* New size of memory. */
|
||||
unsigned int numBytes) /* New size of memory. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
return realloc(oldPtr, numBytes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+29
-27
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ enum BasicBlockFlags {
|
||||
* Source instruction type recognized by the assembler.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum TalInstType {
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
ASSEM_1BYTE, /* Fixed arity, 1-byte instruction */
|
||||
ASSEM_BEGIN_CATCH, /* Begin catch: one 4-byte jump offset to be
|
||||
* converted to appropriate exception
|
||||
@@ -145,8 +145,6 @@ typedef enum TalInstType {
|
||||
* 1 */
|
||||
ASSEM_DICT_GET, /* 'dict get' and related - consumes N+1
|
||||
* operands, produces 1, N > 0 */
|
||||
ASSEM_DICT_GET_DEF, /* 'dict getwithdefault' - consumes N+2
|
||||
* operands, produces 1, N > 0 */
|
||||
ASSEM_DICT_SET, /* specifies key count and LVT index, consumes
|
||||
* N+1 operands, produces 1, N > 0 */
|
||||
ASSEM_DICT_UNSET, /* specifies key count and LVT index, consumes
|
||||
@@ -189,8 +187,10 @@ typedef enum TalInstType {
|
||||
* produces N */
|
||||
ASSEM_SINT1, /* One 1-byte signed-integer operand
|
||||
* (INCR_STK_IMM) */
|
||||
ASSEM_SINT4_LVT4 /* Signed 4-byte integer operand followed by
|
||||
ASSEM_SINT4_LVT4, /* Signed 4-byte integer operand followed by
|
||||
* LVT entry. Fixed arity */
|
||||
ASSEM_DICT_GET_DEF /* 'dict getwithdefault' - consumes N+2
|
||||
* operands, produces 1, N > 0 */
|
||||
} TalInstType;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -409,6 +409,7 @@ static const TalInstDesc TalInstructionTable[] = {
|
||||
{"jumpTrue", ASSEM_JUMP, INST_JUMP_TRUE1, 1, 0},
|
||||
{"jumpTrue4", ASSEM_JUMP4, INST_JUMP_TRUE4, 1, 0},
|
||||
{"label", ASSEM_LABEL, 0, 0, 0},
|
||||
{"land", ASSEM_1BYTE, INST_LAND, 2, 1},
|
||||
{"lappend", ASSEM_LVT, (INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR1<<8
|
||||
| INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR4),
|
||||
1, 1},
|
||||
@@ -436,6 +437,7 @@ static const TalInstDesc TalInstructionTable[] = {
|
||||
| INST_LOAD_ARRAY4), 1, 1},
|
||||
{"loadArrayStk", ASSEM_1BYTE, INST_LOAD_ARRAY_STK, 2, 1},
|
||||
{"loadStk", ASSEM_1BYTE, INST_LOAD_STK, 1, 1},
|
||||
{"lor", ASSEM_1BYTE, INST_LOR, 2, 1},
|
||||
{"lsetFlat", ASSEM_LSET_FLAT,INST_LSET_FLAT, INT_MIN,1},
|
||||
{"lsetList", ASSEM_1BYTE, INST_LSET_LIST, 3, 1},
|
||||
{"lshift", ASSEM_1BYTE, INST_LSHIFT, 2, 1},
|
||||
@@ -813,7 +815,7 @@ TclNRAssembleObjCmd(
|
||||
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (\"");
|
||||
Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, objv[0]);
|
||||
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\" body, line ");
|
||||
backtrace = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(Tcl_GetErrorLine(interp));
|
||||
TclNewIntObj(backtrace, Tcl_GetErrorLine(interp));
|
||||
Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, backtrace);
|
||||
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, ")");
|
||||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||||
@@ -856,7 +858,7 @@ CompileAssembleObj(
|
||||
* names in the bytecode resolve */
|
||||
int status; /* Status return from Tcl_AssembleCode */
|
||||
const char* source; /* String representation of the source code */
|
||||
size_t sourceLen; /* Length of the source code in bytes */
|
||||
int sourceLen; /* Length of the source code in bytes */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get the expression ByteCode from the object. If it exists, make sure it
|
||||
@@ -988,7 +990,7 @@ TclCompileAssembleCmd(
|
||||
|
||||
Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||||
"\n (\"%.*s\" body, line %d)",
|
||||
(int)parsePtr->tokenPtr->size, parsePtr->tokenPtr->start,
|
||||
parsePtr->tokenPtr->size, parsePtr->tokenPtr->start,
|
||||
Tcl_GetErrorLine(interp)));
|
||||
envPtr->numCommands = numCommands;
|
||||
envPtr->codeNext = envPtr->codeStart + offset;
|
||||
@@ -1075,7 +1077,7 @@ TclAssembleCode(
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
if (parsePtr->numWords > 0) {
|
||||
size_t instLen = parsePtr->commandSize;
|
||||
int instLen = parsePtr->commandSize;
|
||||
/* Length in bytes of the current command */
|
||||
|
||||
if (parsePtr->term == parsePtr->commandStart + instLen - 1) {
|
||||
@@ -1088,8 +1090,8 @@ TclAssembleCode(
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
|
||||
if ((tclTraceCompile >= 2) && (envPtr->procPtr == NULL)) {
|
||||
printf(" %4" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "d Assembling: ",
|
||||
envPtr->codeNext - envPtr->codeStart);
|
||||
printf(" %4ld Assembling: ",
|
||||
(long)(envPtr->codeNext - envPtr->codeStart));
|
||||
TclPrintSource(stdout, parsePtr->commandStart,
|
||||
TclMin(instLen, 55));
|
||||
printf("\n");
|
||||
@@ -1215,14 +1217,14 @@ FreeAssemblyEnv(
|
||||
Tcl_DecrRefCount(thisBB->jumpTarget);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (thisBB->foreignExceptions != NULL) {
|
||||
Tcl_Free(thisBB->foreignExceptions);
|
||||
ckfree(thisBB->foreignExceptions);
|
||||
}
|
||||
nextBB = thisBB->successor1;
|
||||
if (thisBB->jtPtr != NULL) {
|
||||
DeleteMirrorJumpTable(thisBB->jtPtr);
|
||||
thisBB->jtPtr = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Tcl_Free(thisBB);
|
||||
ckfree(thisBB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -1264,11 +1266,11 @@ AssembleOneLine(
|
||||
Tcl_Obj* instNameObj; /* Name of the instruction */
|
||||
int tblIdx; /* Index in TalInstructionTable of the
|
||||
* instruction */
|
||||
enum TalInstType instType; /* Type of the instruction */
|
||||
TalInstType instType; /* Type of the instruction */
|
||||
Tcl_Obj* operand1Obj = NULL;
|
||||
/* First operand to the instruction */
|
||||
const char* operand1; /* String rep of the operand */
|
||||
size_t operand1Len; /* String length of the operand */
|
||||
int operand1Len; /* String length of the operand */
|
||||
int opnd; /* Integer representation of an operand */
|
||||
int litIndex; /* Literal pool index of a constant */
|
||||
int localVar; /* LVT index of a local variable */
|
||||
@@ -1541,7 +1543,7 @@ AssembleOneLine(
|
||||
goto cleanup;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
jtPtr = (JumptableInfo*)Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(JumptableInfo));
|
||||
jtPtr = (JumptableInfo*)ckalloc(sizeof(JumptableInfo));
|
||||
|
||||
Tcl_InitHashTable(&jtPtr->hashTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
|
||||
assemEnvPtr->curr_bb->jumpLine = assemEnvPtr->cmdLine;
|
||||
@@ -1935,7 +1937,7 @@ MoveExceptionRangesToBasicBlock(
|
||||
curr_bb->foreignExceptionBase = savedExceptArrayNext;
|
||||
curr_bb->foreignExceptionCount = exceptionCount;
|
||||
curr_bb->foreignExceptions =
|
||||
(ExceptionRange*)Tcl_Alloc(exceptionCount * sizeof(ExceptionRange));
|
||||
(ExceptionRange*)ckalloc(exceptionCount * sizeof(ExceptionRange));
|
||||
memcpy(curr_bb->foreignExceptions,
|
||||
envPtr->exceptArrayPtr + savedExceptArrayNext,
|
||||
exceptionCount * sizeof(ExceptionRange));
|
||||
@@ -2000,7 +2002,7 @@ CreateMirrorJumpTable(
|
||||
* Allocate the jumptable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
jtPtr = (JumptableInfo*)Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(JumptableInfo));
|
||||
jtPtr = (JumptableInfo*)ckalloc(sizeof(JumptableInfo));
|
||||
jtHashPtr = &jtPtr->hashTable;
|
||||
Tcl_InitHashTable(jtHashPtr, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2065,7 +2067,7 @@ DeleteMirrorJumpTable(
|
||||
Tcl_SetHashValue(entry, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(jtHashPtr);
|
||||
Tcl_Free(jtPtr);
|
||||
ckfree(jtPtr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -2309,7 +2311,7 @@ FindLocalVar(
|
||||
* source code. */
|
||||
Tcl_Obj* varNameObj; /* Name of the variable */
|
||||
const char* varNameStr;
|
||||
size_t varNameLen;
|
||||
int varNameLen;
|
||||
int localVar; /* Index of the variable in the LVT */
|
||||
|
||||
if (GetNextOperand(assemEnvPtr, tokenPtrPtr, &varNameObj) != TCL_OK) {
|
||||
@@ -2649,7 +2651,7 @@ AllocBB(
|
||||
AssemblyEnv* assemEnvPtr) /* Assembly environment */
|
||||
{
|
||||
CompileEnv* envPtr = assemEnvPtr->envPtr;
|
||||
BasicBlock *bb = (BasicBlock*)Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(BasicBlock));
|
||||
BasicBlock *bb = (BasicBlock*)ckalloc(sizeof(BasicBlock));
|
||||
|
||||
bb->originalStartOffset =
|
||||
bb->startOffset = envPtr->codeNext - envPtr->codeStart;
|
||||
@@ -2911,7 +2913,7 @@ CheckJumpTableLabels(
|
||||
valEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
|
||||
TclGetString(symbolObj));
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINT(" %s -> %s (%d)\n",
|
||||
(char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(symHash, symEntryPtr),
|
||||
(char*) Tcl_GetHashKey(symHash, symEntryPtr),
|
||||
TclGetString(symbolObj), (valEntryPtr != NULL));
|
||||
if (valEntryPtr == NULL) {
|
||||
ReportUndefinedLabel(assemEnvPtr, bbPtr, symbolObj);
|
||||
@@ -3116,7 +3118,7 @@ ResolveJumpTableTargets(
|
||||
realJumpEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(realJumpHashPtr,
|
||||
Tcl_GetHashKey(symHash, symEntryPtr), &junk);
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINT(" %s -> %s -> bb %p (pc %d) hash entry %p\n",
|
||||
(char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(symHash, symEntryPtr),
|
||||
(char*) Tcl_GetHashKey(symHash, symEntryPtr),
|
||||
TclGetString(symbolObj), jumpTargetBBPtr,
|
||||
jumpTargetBBPtr->startOffset, realJumpEntryPtr);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -3927,8 +3929,8 @@ BuildExceptionRanges(
|
||||
* Allocate memory for a stack of active catches.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
catches = (BasicBlock**)Tcl_Alloc(maxCatchDepth * sizeof(BasicBlock*));
|
||||
catchIndices = (int *)Tcl_Alloc(maxCatchDepth * sizeof(int));
|
||||
catches = (BasicBlock**)ckalloc(maxCatchDepth * sizeof(BasicBlock*));
|
||||
catchIndices = (int *)ckalloc(maxCatchDepth * sizeof(int));
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < maxCatchDepth; ++i) {
|
||||
catches[i] = NULL;
|
||||
catchIndices[i] = -1;
|
||||
@@ -3967,8 +3969,8 @@ BuildExceptionRanges(
|
||||
|
||||
/* Free temp storage */
|
||||
|
||||
Tcl_Free(catchIndices);
|
||||
Tcl_Free(catches);
|
||||
ckfree(catchIndices);
|
||||
ckfree(catches);
|
||||
|
||||
return TCL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -4268,7 +4270,7 @@ AddBasicBlockRangeToErrorInfo(
|
||||
Tcl_Obj* lineNo; /* Line number in the source */
|
||||
|
||||
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n in assembly code between lines ");
|
||||
lineNo = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(bbPtr->startLine);
|
||||
TclNewIntObj(lineNo, bbPtr->startLine);
|
||||
Tcl_IncrRefCount(lineNo);
|
||||
Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, lineNo);
|
||||
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, " and ");
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Tcl_AsyncCreate(
|
||||
AsyncHandler *asyncPtr;
|
||||
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = TCL_TSD_INIT(&dataKey);
|
||||
|
||||
asyncPtr = (AsyncHandler*)Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(AsyncHandler));
|
||||
asyncPtr = (AsyncHandler*)ckalloc(sizeof(AsyncHandler));
|
||||
asyncPtr->ready = 0;
|
||||
asyncPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
|
||||
asyncPtr->proc = proc;
|
||||
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ Tcl_AsyncDelete(
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&tsdPtr->asyncMutex);
|
||||
Tcl_Free(asyncPtr);
|
||||
ckfree(asyncPtr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user